Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Retail / Super Retail Group Ltd / FY2019 Annual Report

Super Retail Group Ltd
Annual Report 2019

SUL · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker SUL
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Super Retail Group Ltd
Loading PDF…
2019

ANNUAL 
REPORT

Inspiring you to live 
your passion

2

1

Table 
of Contents

Chair’s Message 

CEO’s Message 

Our Business 

2019 Performance Highlights 

Customer Loyalty and Omni-retail Execution 

Our Brands 

Supercheap Auto 

Rebel 

BCF   

Macpac 

Paving the way for a career in retail 

2

4

6

8

9

10

10

12

14

16

18

Driving improved outcomes in our supply chain  

19

Board of Directors 

Executive Leadership Team 

Our Team   

Corporate Governance 

Directors’ Report 

Remuneration Report (Audited) 

Financial Statements 

Shareholder Information 

Financial Calendar and Corporate Directory 

20

22

24

26

28

40

64

126

128

About Us

Super Retail Group (ASX:SUL) is 
the proud owner of four iconic 
brands: Supercheap Auto, Rebel, 
BCF and Macpac, and is one 
of Australia and New Zealand’s 
largest retailers. 

Each of our powerful brands 
have established market 
leading positions in growing high 
involvement lifestyle categories of 
auto, sports and outdoor leisure. 

One of our unique differentiators 
is our passionate and capable 
team of more than 12,000  
team members. All of us are 
committed to delivering our 
purpose of providing solutions 
and engaging experiences, 

which inspire our customers to 
enjoy their leisure passions.

We provide our customers and 
highly engaged 6.1 million active 
loyalty club members with the 
option to experience our brands 
whenever and however they 
choose – whether that’s via  
our network of 690 stores or via 
our digital capabilities, which 
we continue to invest in and 
enhance. 

ABOUT THIS REPORT

These financial statements are the 
consolidated financial statements 
of the consolidated entity consisting 
of Super Retail Group Limited and 
its subsidiaries. The financial report is 
presented in Australian dollars.

Super Retail Group Limited is 
a company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in 
Australia. Its principal registered 
office and principal place of business 

is 751 Gympie Road, Lawnton, 
Queensland, 4501.

the power to amend and reissue the 
financial report.

A description of the nature of the 
consolidated entity’s operations 
and its principal activities is included 
in the Directors’ Report and 
Remuneration Report on pages  
28 to 63.

The financial report was authorised 
for issue by the Directors on  
14 August 2019. The Directors have 

Through the use of the internet, we 
have ensured that our corporate 
reporting is timely, complete, and 
available globally at minimum 
cost to the Company. All press 
releases, financial reports and other 
information are available on our 
Investors and Media page on our 
website: www.superretailgroup.com.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 20192

3

Chair’s 
Message

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

In presenting our 2019 financial year results, I am pleased to 
report that Super Retail Group has made significant progress 
in building a stronger omni-retail business, well positioned for 
sustainable growth and enduring success.

supported the continued success of 
the Group’s endeavours. 

This year your Board made a 
significant decision relating to the 
Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer’s position following 
a well-planned succession process. 

After a comprehensive global 
executive search, the Board 
determined in January that Anthony 
Heraghty would succeed Peter Birtles 
as Group Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer. Anthony,  
who was previously Managing 
Director of the Outdoor division,  
is an experienced and customer-
focused leader who will reshape  
the capability of the business, and 
lead our evolution to a leading  
omni-retailer. 

With a wealth of retail experience 
and expertise, the Board is very 
confident that Anthony and his 
strengthened senior executive 
team is well equipped to drive the 
next chapter of growth and meet 
the challenges of an increasingly 
competitive and technology-driven 
retail environment.

In appointing Anthony, the business 
farewelled Peter Birtles who had 
been with the company for 18 
years, including 13 years as Group 
Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer. Peter led the 
growth of Super Retail Group, adding 
the BCF, Rebel and Macpac brands 
to the business, and expanding and 
strengthening the Supercheap Auto 
business. Under Peter’s leadership the 
Group has market-leading brands 
and highly engaged team members 
helping customers make the most of 
their leisure time. We wish him all the 
best for the future.

Regrettably, the Board was 
confronted with a difficult issue 
around remuneration for our retail 
managers after significant historical 
underpayments were identified. 
While all those affected will receive 
back payments with interest, the 
Board was disappointed with the 
lack of executive oversight that 
led to this issue. Both FY18 and 
FY19 Key Management Personnel 
remuneration outcomes are a 
reflection of this concern. New 
measures have been introduced – 
including quarterly reviews of team 

While there is no doubt the past 
year was a challenging period for 
your company and the broader 
retail sector, we retained our focus 
on setting up the business to deliver 
long-term value for shareholders.

The Group’s financial results for the 
year were solid despite a difficult 
retail environment and subdued 
economic conditions. The value 
of our brands and high customer 
engagement remained central to  
our success.

The Board spends considerable 
time visiting stores, support offices, 
distribution centres and other 
elements of our supply chain, and 
engages regularly with the Group’s 
stakeholders to maintain a deep 
understanding of your business. This 
perspective enables the Board to 
provide effective support to the 
senior leadership team and help 
shape the business strategy.

In an environment where corporate 
Australia is facing heightened 
public and regulatory scrutiny, your 
company’s commitment to good 
governance, based on an ethical 
approach to decision making, 

member remuneration – to prevent 
these problems reoccurring. 

Our engaged team members set us 
apart from other retailers in Australia 
and New Zealand. As we look ahead 
to the next chapter of our journey to 
becoming a leading omni-retailer, 
the Group’s customer focus and 
healthy organisational culture – built 
on teamwork, engagement, and 
diversity and inclusion – underpins  
our performance.

The robust financial performance 
and prudent capital management 
supported the Board’s decision to 
declare a final dividend of 28.5 cents 
per share fully franked, bringing full 
year dividends to 50 cents per share 
fully franked, an increase of  
2 per cent on the prior year. The 
full year payout was in line with the 

Group’s policy to maintain a dividend 
payout ratio of between 55 per cent 
and 65 per cent of underlying net 
profit after tax.

Both the Board and management are 
pleased with the steps we have taken 
to build a stronger business during 
2019 but we remain determined 
to continue Super Retail Group’s 
evolution as an omni-retailer to take 
advantage of the opportunities 
ahead. I know Anthony is committed 
to building on the momentum 
by enhancing and optimising 
our capabilities to drive organic 
growth and sustainable returns to 
shareholders. 

I offer my gratitude to every one of 
our team members for their immense 
dedication and commitment in 
delivering for our customers. Our solid 

financial results and the underlying 
strength of the business reflect their 
hard work and expertise. 

I also thank my Board colleagues for 
their commitment to the Group and 
guidance during a year of significant 
internal change for the company. 
The decisions we took this year as a 
Board will continue to strengthen the 
Group and help deliver long-term 
value for you, our shareholders.

Thank you for your continuing support 
of Super Retail Group. 

Sally Pitkin 
Independent Non-Executive Chair

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 20194

5

CEO’s 
Message

DEAR SHAREHOLDER

As only the fourth Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer in Super Retail Group’s long history, I am honoured to 
have been appointed to the position by the Board in 2019.

FOUR POWERFUL BRANDS DELIVERING 
SOLID SALES GROWTH

Our four powerful brands have 
market-leading positions in attractive 
and growing lifestyle categories.

In 2018/19 all four brands delivered 
solid total sales growth driven by like 
for like sales growth and rapid growth 
in online sales.

The strength of our brands and their 
capacity to inspire and engage our 
customers is also reflected in key 
customer metrics for FY19. Our total 
customer transactions increased 
by 2.3 per cent to 46.7 million and 
our total club member NPS score 
improved to 59.6 (up from 57.9 in the 
previous year).

CUSTOMER LOYALTY IS KEY

Our large, growing and loyal 
customer base represents a 
sustainable competitive advantage 
for the organisation.

Strong brand awareness, our focus on 
the in-store experience and service 
excellence, and the benefits we 
offer in our loyalty programs have all 
contributed to a significant increase 
in loyalty club membership. 

We now have more than 6 million 
active club members across our 
brands and together these club 
members contribute more than  
56 per cent of total sales. 

Looking forward, there is an 
opportunity to deepen our 
connection with our customers 

FY19 Sales 
($m)

Sales growth

Like for like 
sales growth

Online sales 
growth

Supercheap Auto

1,040.6

Rebel

BCF

Macpac 

1,016.4

514.6

138.8

3.4%

3.8%

3.3%

2.3%

3.3%

3.2%

70.3%(1)

7.3% (2)

25%

33%

6%

24%

(1)  Macpac was owned for 12 months in 2018/19 compared to 3 months in 2017/18. 
(2) 

Includes Macpac Adventure Hub stores post April Easter trading period (week 44).

I am pleased to report that 2018/19 
has been another successful year for 
the Company. 

In a tough consumer environment, 
Super Retail Group has delivered 
solid revenue and earnings growth, 
highlighting the strength of our four 
brands, resilience of our business 
and the attractiveness of the lifestyle 
categories in which we operate.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

•  Group revenue grew by 5.4%, 

supported by 2.9% Group like for 
like sales growth, 25% growth in 
online sales and strong customer 
engagement.

• 

Segment EBITDA increased 
by 7.0% to $314.7 million and 
Segment EBIT increased by 3.9% 
to $228.1 million.

•  NPAT attributable to owners 
increased by 8.6% to  
$139.3 million and normalised 
NPAT increased by 5.0% to  
$152.5 million.

Strong operating cashflows have 
enabled us to fund our growth 
initiatives while reducing debt and 
increasing dividend payments to our 
shareholders.

by improving our customer data 
analytics to deliver more personalised 
offers and refreshing our customer 
loyalty programs.

INVESTING IN WINNING OMNI-RETAIL 
CAPABILITIES

We are investing in our omni-retail 
capabilities to grow our overall 
market share by providing multiple 
ways for our customers to engage 
with our brands and a seamless 
shopping experience. 

More than 40 per cent of our online 
sales are via Click & Collect, where 
our customers order online, pick up 
their product in store and engage 
with a passionate team member 
in the process. This means we can 
leverage our existing portfolio of 
690 stores across Australia and New 
Zealand to grow our online sales and 
mitigate our cost to serve. 

I believe our ‘clicks and bricks’ 
approach to retailing is a winning 
strategy. While channel shift is 
clearly taking place, and network 
optimisation remains a key area of 
focus, the Group’s national store 
footprint remains an integral part of 
our omni-retail offering.

A key focus in 2019/20 and beyond 
will be integrating technology into 
our retail businesses to improve 
the customer experience through 
initiatives like endless aisle, improved 
order orchestration and real-time 
marketing.

AN ENGAGED AND CAPABLE TEAM

We know that providing inspiring 
solutions and experiences for our 
customers relies on an engaged, 
capable and passionate team.

This starts with providing a safe 
working environment. I am pleased 
to report that in 2018/19 our Total 
Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) decreased by more than  
10 per cent, with a result of 14.34. This 
is a pleasing outcome and we will 

endeavour to deliver an even better 
result next year.

We are also committed to fairness, 
equity and gender equality and 
are proud of the diverse team we 
have grown and invested in. Across 
the organisation, 39 per cent of our 
leadership positions are filled by 
women, while female representation 
on our Board has remained consistent 
at 43 per cent. Advancing gender 
diversity at all levels is a priority, in line 
with our target of having 40 per cent 
female representation at Board and 
senior management level by 2020. 

A disappointing note in 2018/19 was 
the identification of an underpayment 
of our retail managers.

The issue reflects the same problem 
we uncovered with our Set Up team 
members in 2017/18. We found that 
while retail managers’ base salaries 
were correct, not all overtime hours 
worked were paid according to 
the General Retail Industry Award. 
Additionally, some allowances 
required under the award were 
not paid. They are both serious 
underpayments that we deeply 
regret and we apologise to our team 
members who have been affected.

To ensure ongoing compliance, 
we have introduced an increased 
level of governance, including 
quarterly audits of our employment 
arrangements. We are confident 
that we have the controls in place 
to pick up the sort of anomalies that 
may occur from time to time in an 
organisation of our size. 

A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

In FY19, we continued to make 
progress towards adopting a 
sustainable approach to our business 
operations. One example is the 
launch of our refreshed Responsible 
Sourcing Program, which promotes 
fair working conditions, sustainability 
and improved environmental 
outcomes in our supply chain (refer 
to page 19). Further details on 

our sustainability initiatives will be 
available in our 2019 Sustainability 
Report, released in October 2019.

STRATEGIC FOCUS

Our primary focus is on achieving 
organic growth in our existing 
brands and optimising returns to our 
shareholders through the disciplined 
allocation of capital. Looking ahead, 
there are five initial areas of strategic 
focus:

•  Delivery of a seamless omni-retail 
experience for our customers

• 

• 

• 

• 

Integration of our supply chain 

Simplification of our operating 
model 

Improving our customer analytics 

Leveraging our powerful retail 
brands. 

While the retail landscape is 
changing and competition is 
increasing, I am confident that Super 
Retail Group has a bright future. We 
own four iconic brands with leading 
market positions in growing high-
involvement lifestyle categories of 
auto, sports and outdoor leisure. 

In the coming year we will leverage 
this strong position with a specific 
focus on building brands that are 
as powerful as the products we sell, 
greater digitisation, supply chain 
integration and a seamless omni-
retail experience.  

With the right strategy in place, and 
an experienced management team 
focused on its execution, we are well 
positioned to inspire our customers 
to live their passion, grow our market 
share and create value for our 
shareholders.

Anthony Heraghty 
Group Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 20196

Our 
Business

OUR PURPOSE
At Super Retail Group, our purpose is to inspire our customers 
to live their leisure passions – whether that’s proudly looking 
after their car, running a marathon, catching a ‘barra’  
or reaching a mountain summit.

OUR FOUR POWERFUL BRANDS
Our success begins with our four powerful brands which 
provide solutions and engaging experiences to our loyal 
and growing customer base. 

OUR VALUES
Our culture is built around a set of five  
Group values that help define who we are 
and guide us in the way we behave.

BACKING OUR BRANDS
Leveraging our scale advantage, we back our brands with 
centralised service functions that establish our Group-wide 
strategy, as well as building and enabling the capabilities we 
need to create value and become a winning omni-retailer.

690

STORES

6

7

8

SUPPORT  
OFFICES

3

DISTRIBUTION  
CENTRES

COUNTRIES OF  
OPERATION
Australia, New Zealand & China

S   W I T H   O U R   C ENTRALISED SERVICE F

U

D

N

A

G O U R B R

KIN
C
A
B
Y •
T
I
L
I
B
A
N
I
A
T
S
U
S
&

K
S

I

R

,

L

A

G

E

L

•

R

E

M

O

T

S

U

C

&

Y

G

Y     •   

R

C USTOM

E
R E

ELIV E

  •  D

E
R
O
T

S

-

N

I

•

X

P

E

R

I

E

N
C
E

•
  C

LICK & C

>6M
LECT  •  ONLIN

ACTIVE CLUB  
MEMBERS
L

O

E

E

T

A

R

T

S • S

N

SOURCES & STAKEHOLDER RELATIO

UMA

N R

E

N

C

T
I

O

N

S

•

S

U

P

P

L

Y

C

H

A

I

N

•

F

I

N
A
N
C
E
&
P
R
O
P
E
R
T

Y • IN

F
O
R
M

ATION SERVICES • H

Rebel helps our customers dream big. 
We are Australia’s leading sporting goods 
specialist retailer, bringing the best of global 
brands direct to our customers. We inspire all 
Australians to live their sporting passion, by 
providing the right service, right advice, right 
brands and right products to help them start 
right and chase their dreams.

Macpac has designed apparel and equip-
ment that has inspired a life outdoors since 
1973. Designed, tested and proven in the 
ultimate outdoor test lab – New Zealand, 
Macpac’s wide range of products are made 
for adventurers, by adventurers.

Supercheap Auto is Australia and New 
Zealand’s largest specialty automotive parts 
and accessories retail business. We leverage 
our market leadership to bring a wide range 
of tools and accessories for the DIY home 
handyman, as well as products for travel, 
touring, outdoors, garage and the shed.

BCF is the leading outdoor retailer in the country, 
with stores across every state of mainland 
Australia. With expert knowledge and service, 
we provide everything you could possibly 
need for your next boating, camping or fishing 
adventure under the one roof.

DELIVERING OUR  
CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

Our objective is to create an enjoyable and 
seamless shopping experience for our customers 
every time, no matter how they choose to shop with 
us – whether that’s at one of our 690 conveniently 
located stores, online or via Click & Collect.

DELIVERING LONG–TERM VALUE 
FOR OUR SHAREHOLDERS

By inspiring, engaging and satisfying our customers, 
we will continue to grow our businesses in high 
involvement categories and aim to deliver top 
quartile shareholder returns.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019PASSION INTEGRITYCAREOPENNESSDISCIPLINE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
8

9

2019 
Performance 
Highlights

F I N A N C I A L

SALES ($M)

1,654

1,092

938

2,020

2,112

2,239

2,422

2,466

2,710

2,570

EBIT ($M)

172.3

182.6

170.2

175.3

207.3

219.6

228.1

140.7

87.5

65.8

Customer Loyalty 
and Omni-retail 
Execution

We have a large, growing and highly 
engaged customer loyalty base across 
our four powerful brands driving strong 
customer metrics.

L O YA L   C U S T O M E R S   A R E   O U R   C O M P E T I T I V E   A D VA N TA G E 

10.9%

YOY

3.0%

YOY

2.3%

YOY

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

5.2M

5.5M

6.1M

53.5%

57.9%

59.6%

44.5M 45.6M

46.7M

EPS (C)

46.4

40.9

32.1

55.1

52.3

49.4

51.6

31.8

65.0

70.6

DIVIDEND (C)

38.0

40.0

40.0

41.5

46.5

49.0

50.0

32.0

29.0

21.5

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 18

JUN 19

POST TAX ROC (PER CENT)
16.8

17.3

15.9

POST TAX ROE (PER CENT)#

12.6

11.3

10.6

10.7

13.0

13.1

13.3

18.8

19.4

19.5

16.1

14.5

13.9

14.5

18.2

18.6

19.2

GROWTH IN 
TOTAL ACTIVE 
CLUB MEMBERS

AVERAGE  
CLUB MEMBER 
NPS

GROWTH IN 
TOTAL CUSTOMER 
TRANSACTIONS

G R O W I N G   O N L I N E   S A L E S  ( Y O Y )

BY BRAND

GROUP TOTAL

SUPERCHEAP AUTO

25%

REBEL

33%

BCF

6%

MACPAC

24%

0

10

20

30

40

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 18*

JUN 19

JUN 10

JUN 11

JUN 12

JUN 13

JUN 14

JUN 15

JUN 16

JUN 17

JUN 18*

JUN 19

* As reported

# Normalised  * As reported

F O C U S E D   O N   O M N I - R E TA I L   E X E C U T I O N 

5.4%

SALES GROWTH YOY

8.6%

EPS GROWTH YOY

13.3%

POST TAX ROC

ONLINE 
SALES
HOME 
DELIVERY

CLICK & 
COLLECT

% OF TOTAL 
ONLINE SALES
57%

43%

4%

3%

SALES 
CHANNEL

93%
IN-STORE

25%

GROWTH IN TOTAL 
ONLINE SALES

We are investing in our digital capability 
to provide a seamless omni-retail 
experience for our customers. This has 
delivered 25 per cent growth in online 
sales across the Group.

43%

CLICK & COLLECT % OF 
TOTAL ONLINE SALES

We offer a Click & Collect service, 
where our customers order online 
and collect their purchase in-store, 
at all of our Supercheap Auto, Rebel 
and BCF stores. 

Click & Collect represents more 
than 40 per cent of online sales. This 
enables the Group to leverage its 
portfolio of 690 stores to grow online 
sales while mitigating online cost to 
serve.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201910

11

Our Supercheap Auto team at the  
‘Check It’ day launch in Auckland, New Zealand.

Our 
Brands

Supercheap Auto is Australia and New Zealand’s largest specialty automotive parts and accessories 
retail business. We leverage our market leadership to bring a wide range of tools and accessories for 
the DIY home handyman, as well as products for travel, touring, outdoors, garage and the shed.

P O W E R F U L   C O N S U M E R   B R A N D

323

STORES

86%

BRAND AWARENESS

Data: Stellar Market Research; 
Australia April-June 2019

61

AVERAGE ACTIVE CLUB 
MEMBER NPS

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

3.4%

SALES GROWTH YOY

11.6%

EBIT MARGIN 

25%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

C U S T O M E R   L O Y A L T Y

1.65M

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

39%

12%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBER  
GROWTH YOY

S A L E S   ( B Y   C H A N N E L )

94%

IN–STORE 
% OF TOTAL SALES

4%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

2%

HOME DELIVERY 
% OF TOTAL SALES

‘Check It’ – the free vehicle safety 
initiative that’s upskilling young drivers

Supercheap Auto is empowering 
young drivers to improve safety on 
our roads.

For many young Australians, owning 
a vehicle can mean freedom and 
independence. It’s also the most 
common way we get home, to work, 
or to those leisure activities that make 
life worth living. However, for a driver 
to reach their destination safely, it is 
critical that their vehicle is checked 
regularly.

Research by Driver Safety Australia 
showed that 30 per cent of Australian 
and New Zealand drivers aged 25 
and under say they don’t have 
enough knowledge to perform a 
basic safety check on their vehicle. 
Alarmingly, two in five young drivers 
have knowingly driven a car with a 
safety issue. 

Despite already being the group 
most likely to be involved in a 
road accident(1), young drivers are 
increasing this risk by allowing basic 
safety essentials to go unchecked.

At Supercheap Auto, we have 
always understood that education 
and awareness play a critical role in 
road safety. 

(1)    Research: Driver Safety Australia 2019

In an effort to better arm young 
people with car safety know-how, 
Supercheap Auto leveraged its 
long-standing partnership with Driver 
Safety Australia to launch ‘Check 
It’ in February 2018 – a campaign 
that raises awareness among 
young drivers on the importance of 
undertaking regular vehicle safety 
checks.

We knew there was more to do and 
built on this partnership by launching 
national ‘Check It’ day in March 
2019. This day provides free training 
for all drivers across our Supercheap 
Auto store network in Australia and 
New Zealand. 

Our inaugural national ‘Check It’ 
day was a great success with our 
skilled and capable team members 
providing training to more than 1,650 
drivers in-store. This training shows 
drivers how to check a vehicle 
for basic problems that cause 
breakdowns, such as the condition 
of wipers, tyres, engine oil, coolant 
and engine fluids. More than 5,000 
people have chosen to learn how 
to check their vehicle online by 
viewing the ‘Check It’ video tutorials 
and resources available at www.
supercheapauto.com.au/checkit.

4

5

young drivers do 
not undertake any 
regular checks on 
their car, leaving 
it to someone 
else or believing a 
warning light will 
alert them to any 
safety issue.

15,230 

services completed throughout 
our network during the week of 
national ‘Check It’ day. 

43%

of young drivers 
believe that being 
able to undertake 
basic vehicle 
safety checks is 
an important skill 
that every driver 
should know.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201912

Queensland Thunderbirds and Diamonds player Gretel Tippett at 
Rebel for the Suncorp Super Netball player shopping spree.

13

Our 
Brands

Rebel helps our customers dream big. We are Australia’s leading sporting goods specialist retailer, 
bringing the best of global brands direct to our customers. We inspire all Australians to live their 
sporting passion, by providing the right service, right advice, right brands and right products to help 
them start right and chase their dreams.

P O W E R F U L   C O N S U M E R   B R A N D

161

STORES

94%

BRAND AWARENESS

Data: Stellar Market Research; 
Australia April-June 2019

57.1

AVERAGE ACTIVE CLUB 
MEMBER NPS

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

3.8%

SALES GROWTH YOY

9.2%

EBIT MARGIN

33%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

Supporting the next generation of  
female sporting stars

From supporting grassroots 
participation to elite athletes, Rebel 
invests and supports Australia’s major 
sporting codes including cricket, 
football, netball, rugby league and 
AFL. We want to inspire the stars 
of tomorrow by lifting the profile of 
female stars today. 

In FY19, we continued our long-
standing commitment to women in 
sport by developing and supporting 
young athletes through our Rebel 
Women Mentor Program. This 
program started in 2016 as part of an 
existing partnership with the Women’s 
Big Bash League (WBBL) and has 
now expanded to include all Rebel-
sponsored sporting codes. 

Up-and-coming sportswomen are 
selected based on their on-field 
performance, off-field attitude, 
demonstrations of skill, tenacity, good 
sportsmanship and for inspiring other 
young female athletes to have a go. 

The program provides essential skills 
to support women in their careers 
both on and off the field. With the 
backing of each sporting code, 
participating athletes are awarded 
a $5,000 cash prize and access to a 
dedicated online mentor program 
developed in collaboration with 
Bianca Chatfield (former Australia 

Diamonds netballer, Melbourne 
Vixens captain and leadership 
coach).

where participants, past and present, 
can support each other and share 
experiences.

C U S T O M E R   L O Y A L T Y

In addition to the online program, 
athletes are also provided with a 
one-on-one mentoring session with 
Laura Geitz, Rebel Ambassador and 
former captain of the Australian 
national netball team. This unique 
experience gives participants the 
chance to talk first-hand about 
the challenges and opportunities 
young female athletes face when 
navigating their professional sporting 
careers.

In FY19, we awarded the Rebel 
Women Mentor Program to the 
following inspirational athletes:

AFL Women’s – Libby Birch

WBBL – Sophie Molineux

Suncorp Super Netball –  
Jessica Anstiss 

W-League – Jada Whyman.

We are proud of our role in helping 
girls and young women appreciate 
that sport is not just a hobby, but a 
viable career path. We continue 
to identify new opportunities to 
develop the Rebel Women Mentor 
Program and build a community 

2.57M

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

61%

8%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBER  
GROWTH YOY

S A L E S   ( B Y   C H A N N E L )

Rebel brand ambassador and mentor coach, 
Laura Geitz, with W-League player Jada 
Whyman (top left), Suncorp Super Netball 
player Jessica Anstiss (top right), AFL Women’s 
player Libby Birch (bottom left) and WBBL 
player Sophie Molineux (bottom right).

91%

IN–STORE 
% OF TOTAL SALES

2%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

7%

HOME DELIVERY 
% OF TOTAL SALES

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201914

15

OzFish Unlimited’s Robbie Porter helping to restore 
fish habitat in Queensland’s Moreton Bay.

Our 
Brands

BCF is the leading outdoor retailer in the country, with stores across every state of mainland Australia. With 
expert knowledge and service, we provide everything you could possibly need for your next boating, 
camping or fishing adventure under the one roof.

P O W E R F U L   C O N S U M E R   B R A N D

136

STORES

74%

BRAND AWARENESS

Data: Stellar Market Research; 
Australia April-June 2019

61

AVERAGE ACTIVE CLUB 
MEMBER NPS

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

3.3%

SALES GROWTH YOY

4.0%

EBIT MARGIN

6%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

C U S T O M E R   L O Y A L T Y

1.45M

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

81%

7%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBER  
GROWTH YOY

S A L E S   ( B Y   C H A N N E L )

93%

IN–STORE 
% OF TOTAL SALES

5%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

2%

HOME DELIVERY 
% OF TOTAL SALES

Creating healthy waterways for 
future generations

Australia has some of the world’s 
greatest outdoor spaces. By 
encouraging people to restore and 
improve our waterways, we are 
helping to keep it that way.

BCF understands that waterways play 
a major role in the outdoor activities 
enjoyed by many Australians. Fishing 
alone attracts almost 3.5 million 
Australians each year. However, 
there are a number of high-profile 
issues impacting the health of our 
waterways. As well as threatening 
our valued natural spots, concerns 
about high fish mortality and the loss 
of species diversity place the future 
of our fisheries at risk. 

Since 2017, BCF has demonstrated 
a commitment to making a positive 
contribution to environmental 
and social change in this area by 
partnering with OzFish Unlimited, a 
fishing conservation organisation. 

Together, in FY19, we opened a 
Moreton Bay Shellfish Recycling 
Centre as part of the ‘Give Back 
to Habitat’ initiative. The initiative 
restores marine life habitat by placing 
used oyster shells in waterways to 
encourage live oysters to return to 
the area and boost fish populations. 

OzFish raised funds at the popular Wynnum Seafood Festival to help restore fish habitat.

These efforts will be concentrated 
across 100 hectares of oyster reef in 
Moreton Bay and will also encourage 
habitat restoration in surrounding 
areas. 

The project relies on the ongoing 
support of many stakeholders, 
including government and our local 
community. Each year Australians 
eat millions of oysters, with the 
majority of discarded shells sent 
to landfill sites, contributing to the 
country’s growing waste problem. 
To address this issue, local businesses 
can donate used oyster shells to 
OzFish, which offers the dual benefit 
of assisting OzFish operations and 

preventing waste being sent to 
landfill.

Our work restoring the environment 
also relies on securing continued 
funding. Through our Round 
Up campaign, we encourage 
BCF customers to round up their 
purchases and donate the difference 
to OzFish. In FY19, our customers 
helped raise almost $250,000, with 
BCF proudly contributing a further 
$220,000. 

Other BCF initiatives include donating 
useful sample stock and extending 
our team member discount to local 
OzFish chapters to source prizes for 
fundraising events.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201916

17

Macpac Adventure Hub in Enfield, South Australia.

Our 
Brands

Macpac has designed apparel and equipment that has inspired a life outdoors since 1973. Designed, 
tested and proven in the ultimate outdoor test lab – New Zealand, Macpac’s wide range of products 
are made for adventurers, by adventurers.

P O W E R F U L   C O N S U M E R   B R A N D

70

STORES

82%

BRAND AWARENESS

Data: Stellar Market Research; 
New Zealand April-June 2019

C O M I N G
I N   FY20

AVERAGE ACTIVE CLUB 
MEMBER NPS

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

70.3%

SALES GROWTH YOY

Macpac was owned for 12 months in 2018/19 
compared to three months in 2017/18

C U S T O M E R   L O Y A L T Y

9.4%

EBIT MARGIN

24%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

Macpac only excludes Rays

0.41M

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

65%

36%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBER  
GROWTH YOY

S A L E S   ( B Y   C H A N N E L )

90%

IN–STORE 
% OF TOTAL SALES

C O M I N G
I N   FY20

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

10%

HOME DELIVERY 
% OF TOTAL SALES

Macpac opens nine new Adventure 
Hubs across Australia

The outdoor adventure retailing 
segment is benefiting from a global 
shift as more and more people are 
discovering the advantages of 
getting outdoors. Recognising this 
opportunity, we announced our 
decision to acquire New Zealand 
outdoor adventure retailer, Macpac, 
in February 2018.

Since the acquisition, a key focus has 
been transforming nine of the existing 
Rays stores to Macpac Adventure 
Hubs. These hubs respond to the 
growing demand for a premium 
destination for outdoor products and 
adventure advice and position us 
as the leading outdoor adventure 
specialist across Australia and New 
Zealand.

The outdoor business is a technical, 
high-involvement category, where 
customers look for expert advice 
and want to try the product before 
buying. 

By combining the expertise and 
reputation of Rays and Macpac, we 
now offer a much broader range 
of quality products, information 
and services. The Adventure Hubs 
provide outdoor enthusiasts with the 
personalised customer experience 
they seek as well as a one-stop shop 

A look inside the pack-fitting hut. Nunawading Adventure Hub, Victoria.

for all their hiking, camping, travelling 
and paddling needs.

Macpac’s Australian store footprint  
to 34.

The Adventure Hubs expand on 
the classic Macpac stores by 
combining our brand heritage and 
technical excellence with a selection 
of carefully curated apparel, 
equipment and accessories from 
some of the world’s best brands. 

A key part of Macpac’s expansion 
into a premium retail solution has 
been ensuring our strong physical 
presence in Australia. In March 2019 
we successfully transformed nine 
Rays stores into new large format 
retail Adventure Hubs in Victoria, 
New South Wales, ACT, South 
Australia and Queensland – bringing

The Hubs’ core customer experiences 
include: 

•  pack-fitting huts where our 

knowledgeable team members 
will professionally fit and show 
customers how to get the most  
out of their packs

•  essential and practical resources 
to help customers feel prepared 
for their next adventure, including 
detailed world maps and  
packing lists

•  chill-out zones where customers 
are offered personalised expert 
advice and a space to feel 
inspired to get outdoors.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201918

Our Coffs Harbour Rebel team members are currently 
completing their Certificate III in Retail Operations.

19

Our passionate Supply Chain team onsite at our 
Brendale Distribution Centre in Queensland.

S U S T A I N A B I L I T Y

In FY19, Super Retail  
Group proudly: 

joined the United Nations 
Global Compact

was included in the SAM 2019 Sustainability Yearbook as 
a sustainability leader in Australia in the retailing sector.

Paving the way for a career  
in retail

Driving improved outcomes in our 
supply chain 

An unwavering focus on the learning 
and development of our team 
members is critical to our future 
success as a business. 

Super Retail Group offers a number 
of programs to help support our retail 
team members unlock their potential 
for a rewarding and valuable career 
in retail.

our retail team members to obtain 
nationally-recognised, relevant 
qualifications.  

Over the last three years, the 
program has paved the way for 
participants to pursue a successful 
career in retail, with approximately 
20 per cent progressing into higher 
duty roles. 

By providing development 
opportunities within the Group we 
are able to attract, grow and retain 
talented team members. In addition, 
investing in the skills and knowledge 
of our team members allows us 
to better serve our customers 
and strengthens our relationships 
with local communities. We view 
this commitment to learning and 
development as a competitive 
advantage in today’s marketplace. 

ACCREDITED LEARNING PROGRAMS

We partner with Registered Training 
Organisations to facilitate accredited 
learning programs, which provide a 
variety of training and assessment 
opportunities. These initiatives allow 

Within our Australian program, we 
are proud to have almost 220 retail 
team members currently completing 
either a Certificate III in Retail 
Operations or a Certificate IV in 
Retail Management. In FY19, more 
than 130 team members successfully 
completed their training and gained 
their qualification. 

NEW ZEALAND RETAIL MANAGEMENT 

In New Zealand, we remain focused 
on giving our team members 
opportunities to develop their 
management skills to become retail 
leaders of the future. For the first time, 
our New Zealand Store and Assistant 
Store Managers can enrol in a Level 
4 Retail Management qualification. 

Partnering with the industry leader 
in retail training, Service IQ, this 
qualification provides competency-
based learning, mentorship and 
coaching to develop valuable and 
lasting skills.

We have 44 team members currently 
completing their qualification, with 
the first group of managers expected 
to complete their qualification by the 
end of 2019.

DEVELOPING THE RETAIL LEADERS OF 
THE FUTURE 

In addition to our internal efforts, we 
view school-based traineeships as 
a valuable way for store managers 
to strengthen their connection with 
their local communities. Launched 
in February 2019, our school-based 
traineeships provide students aged 
16 years or older with valuable 
industry skills while they complete 
their secondary school qualifications. 
Through these traineeships, we hope 
to inspire the next generation of 
team members with a rewarding 
hands-on experience and a 
nationally recognised qualification. 

At Super Retail Group, we 
are committed to social and 
environmental initiatives that benefit 
our team, customers, trade partners 
and the communities in which we 
operate.

Responsible sourcing is now a 
fundamental expectation of 
businesses who operate in a 
global economy. We know that 
it’s important to have responsible 
and ethical business practices 
across all our operations. This means 
addressing global social and 
environmental factors in our supply 
chain, including sourcing products in 
a sustainable and responsible way, 
respecting human rights and fair 
working conditions, and managing 
our environmental impact in the 
sourcing process.

Principles on Business and Human 
Rights and the UN Global Compact 
(UNGC). 

To address the challenges associated 
with responsible product sourcing, we 
need to operate under the guidance 
of our Group values, uphold high 
standards of behaviour and maintain 
a strong focus on our product supply 
chain – particularly with respect to 
human rights and the elimination of 
modern day slavery. 

One of the key ways in which we will 
achieve positive long-term outcomes 
is by working closely with our trade 
partners. This view is based on the 
understanding that we cannot 
build responsible supply chains in 
isolation – close collaboration is 
needed to support our supply chains 
to remain ethical, transparent and 
environmentally sustainable.

In FY19, we launched our refreshed 
Responsible Sourcing Program. The 
program promotes fair working 
conditions, sustainability and 
improved environmental outcomes in 
our supply chain. 

It is aligned with the UN Guiding 

It is equally important that our 
team members uphold these 
same standards every day. We 
will continue to support them with 
ongoing training to increase their 
knowledge of the important role 
they play in delivering improved 

outcomes throughout our supply 
chain. Our refreshed Responsible 
Sourcing Program will also 
standardise policies and processes 
across the Group. 

Our Responsible Sourcing Program is 
supported by two key documents:  

•  Responsible Sourcing Policy:  

which reinforces our commitment 
to responsible sourcing in line with 
industry best practice and the 
new Australian Modern Slavery 
legislation. 

•  Responsible Sourcing Code: 
which provides clarity to our 
trade partners and indirect 
suppliers about our requirements 
and expectations in relation to 
business integrity, environmental 
sustainability and respect for 
human rights in our supply chain.

These documents, including links to 
the UN Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights and the UNGC, 
are available on our Super Retail 
Group website under Working with 
Us/Trade.

Further details on our sustainability initiatives will be available in our 2019 Sustainability Report in October 2019.  
For more details about our governance practices refer to our Corporate Governance Section on page 26.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201920

21

Board of 
Directors

Appointed

Committees

Experience

Other Roles

SALLY PITKIN
Independent  
Non-Executive Chair 

ANTHONY HERAGHTY
Group Managing Director  
and Chief Executive Officer

REG ROWE
Non-Executive Director

DIANA EILERT
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

LAUNA INMAN
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

HOWARD MOWLEM
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

PETER EVERINGHAM 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Chair – 23 October 2017
Board – 1 July 2010

20 February 2019

8 April 2004

21 October 2015

21 October 2015

13 June 2017

19 December 2017

Chair of the Nomination 
Committee.

Member of the Nomination 
Committee.

Member of the Nomination 
Committee.

Audit and Risk Committee, 
Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee 
and Nomination Committee.

Chair of the Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committee and member of 
the Nomination Committee. 

Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and member of 
the Nomination Committee. 

Anthony has more than 20 
years’ leadership experience 
across the retail, apparel, 
FMCG and marketing 
services industries. Prior to 
his appointment as Group 
Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer, 
Anthony was Managing 
Director – Outdoor Retailing 
(2015 – 2019) where he was 
responsible for the BCF, Rays 
and Macpac businesses. 
Anthony has served in 
a variety of senior roles 
including Group General 
Manager of Underwear 
for Pacific Brands Limited, 
where he led the overhaul 
of the Bonds business from 
a wholesale operation to 
an omni-retailer, Global 
Marketing Director for 
Foster’s Group Limited 
and Managing Director 
for George Patterson and 
McCann Erickson.

Reg and Hazel Rowe 
founded an automotive 
accessories mail order 
business in 1972, which 
they ran from their 
Queensland home. In 
1974 they commenced 
retail operations of the 
business that evolved into 
the thriving specialty retail 
business – Supercheap Auto. 
Reg served as Managing 
Director until 1996 and then 
Chairman from 1996 to 2004. 
Prior to this, Reg had 13 
years’ experience in various 
retail and merchandise roles 
at Myer department stores. 
Reg brings to the Board 
extensive retail industry 
and general management 
expertise and skills in 
retail and merchandise 
operations, property and 
strategy.

Director of a number of 
private family companies.

Dr Sally Pitkin has more than 
20 years’ experience as a 
Non-Executive Director in the 
listed, private, public and 
non-profit sectors, including 
experience in international 
markets, and more than 
15 years’ experience as a 
non-executive director of 
ASX200 companies. Sally 
served as an Independent 
Non-Executive Director for 
Super Retail Group (1 July 
2010 – 23 Oct 2017) prior 
to her appointment as 
Chair and is an ex-officio 
member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, and the Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committee. She is a lawyer 
and former partner of 
a national law firm with 
banking law, corporate law 
and corporate governance 
expertise. Sally holds a Doctor 
of Philosophy (Governance), 
a Master of Laws and 
Bachelor of Laws.

Non-Executive Director and 
Fellow of the Australian 
Institute of Company 
Directors and Chair of 
the Institute’s Corporate 
Governance Committee, 
Director of ASX listed 
companies The Star 
Entertainment Group Limited 
and Link Administration 
Holdings Limited.

Launa brings to the Board 
extensive experience in 
retailing, marketing (including 
digital technology and 
social media), finance 
and logistics. Her diverse 
experience includes terms as 
Managing Director and CEO 
of Billabong International 
(May 2012 – August 2013), 
Managing Director of 
Target Australia Pty Ltd 
(2005 – 2011), Managing 
Director of Office Works 
(2004 – 2005). She is formerly 
a Non-Executive Director of 
the Commonwealth Bank 
of Australia. Launa holds 
a Bachelor of Commerce 
(Hons) and a Master of 
Commerce. She is a member 
of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors and 
has completed the Wharton 
Business School executive 
program.

Howard is experienced 
in many segments of the 
Australian and international 
retail industry and brings 
extensive experience in 
corporate finance, mergers 
and acquisitions, financial 
reporting, treasury, tax, 
audit and governance. 
From 2001 – 2010, he was 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Board member of Dairy 
Farm International Holdings, 
a Hong Kong based pan-
Asian retailer. Prior to that, 
he held the position of 
Finance Director for Coles 
Supermarkets for 12 years. 
Howard was formerly a 
Non-Executive Director 
of Billabong International 
Ltd. He holds a Bachelor of 
Economics (Hons), a Master 
of Business Administration 
and Securities Industry 
Diploma, and is a Fellow of 
CPA Australia.

Independent non-executive 
Director of Domain Holdings 
Australia Limited and Elders 
Limited.

Non-Executive Director of 
Precinct Properties New 
Zealand Limited, and is 
a Board member of the 
Alannah and Madeline 
Foundation and Virgin 
Australia Melbourne Fashion 
Festival.   

Member of the Audit and 
Risk Committee, Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committee and Nomination 
Committee. 

Peter is an experienced 
executive with more than 25 
years’ corporate experience, 
including 18 years in senior 
executive roles in the digital 
sector. He was formerly 
Managing Director of SEEK 
Limited’s International 
Division, and served as a 
Non-Executive Director of the 
education businesses, IDP 
Education, Online Education 
Services and THINK Education, 
as well as Chairman of Seek’s 
China subsidiary, Zhaopin 
Limited. His previous executive 
roles include Director of 
Strategy for Yahoo! in Australia 
and Southeast Asia. Peter 
holds a Master of Business 
Administration from IESE, a 
Bachelor of Economics from 
The University of Sydney, 
and is a Graduate Member 
of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.

Non-Executive Director of  
ME Bank, iCar Asia Limited 
and WWF-Australia, 
Australia’s largest 
conservation organisation.

Leisure Passion

Bush walking and skiing

Fishing, camping, hiking, 
cycling, running and cars

Enjoying time with family, 
walking and gardening

Skiing, cycling, hiking, 
swimming and jazz

Hiking, sailing and  
adventure travel

Golf

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Diana is an experienced Non-Executive Director with strong strategic and operational experience. As a former Suncorp Group Executive and as a CEO, she has broad experience running large businesses. Combined with her Strategy Partner and executive experience, Diana brings to the Board particular skills in strategy, with an emphasis on customer and data, technology, digital disruption and business models. Diana’s Non-Executive focus is mid-cap companies, with previous board roles including realestate.com, Veda and Navitas. Diana holds a Bachelor of Science (Pure Mathematics) (University of Sydney) and a Master of Commerce (UNSW).Ocean swimming22

23

Executive Leadership Team

We inspire our 
customers to 
live their passion 
by building 
businesses that 
are market 
leaders in high 
involvement 
categories

BENJAMIN WARD
Managing Director –  
Supercheap Auto 

GARY WILLIAMS
Managing Director –  
Rebel 

Benjamin joined Super Retail Group 
in July 2019 as Managing Director – 
Supercheap Auto. Benjamin holds a 
Bachelor of Business (Marketing) from 
the University of Newcastle, and is 
an experienced retail executive with 
almost 25 years in senior management 
roles across Australia, UK, US and 
Europe, including two decades with 
international supermarket giant ALDI. 
Previously, he was Managing Director, 
Global Business Coordination for ALDI 
Supermarkets based in Germany. 
Benjamin also held various senior 
leadership roles at ALDI in strategy 
development and organisation 
management. 

Gary joined Super Retail Group in 
April 2019 as Managing Director – 
Rebel. Previously Gary served as 
Chief Operating Officer for Alceon 
Retail Group and was a member 
of the executive committee for the 
EziBuy and SurfStitch businesses. His 
global experience includes roles 
in USA, UK, Asia Pacific and South 
Africa. Gary has held executive, 
board and senior retail leadership 
roles with brands including David 
Jones/Country Road Group, Myer, 
Puma, Topshop, Reebok, Coca-Cola 
and Westfield.

DAVID BURNS
Chief Financial Officer

PAUL HAYES 
Chief Information Officer

David joined Super Retail Group in 
December 2012 in the role of Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO). David has 
overall responsibility for the finance, 
investor relations, and property and 
store improvement portfolios. David 
holds a degree in Economics from the 
University of Sydney, and is a FCPA. 
He has more than 25 years of finance 
experience in a number of industry 
sectors, and previously held senior 
management positions at Qantas, 
Spotless and Lend Lease.

Paul joined Super Retail Group in 
December 2015 as Chief Information 
Officer (CIO) from UK retailer, John 
Lewis, where he served for a number 
of years as Head of Information 
Systems Delivery. Paul was previously 
a senior IT consultant with IBM, 
leading multi-million dollar projects 
for premier retailers including Tesco, 
Argos and Woolworths, and prior to 
that held a variety of roles with British 
Home Stores.

JANE KELLY 
Chief Human  
Resources Officer

Jane joined Super Retail Group in 
July 2016 as Chief Human Resources 
Officer (CHRO), and is responsible 
for advancing Super Retail Group’s 
strong focus on team engagement, 
culture and capability development. 
Jane holds a Masters of Commerce 
and Employee Relations with Honours 
from the University of Melbourne, and 
a Bachelor of Commerce from the 
University of New South Wales. She 
was previously the Human Resources 
and Corporate Affairs Director at BT 
Financial Group, and also held senior 
roles as Head of Reward for St. George 
Bank and Head of HR Australian 
Financial Services at Westpac. 

ETHAN ORSINI 
Acting Managing Director –  
BCF

ALEX BRANDON
Chief Executive Officer – 
Macpac 

Ethan was appointed Acting Managing 
Director for BCF in February 2019. Ethan 
first joined Super Retail Group in 2006 
as a Senior Business Analyst, and after 
various management roles moved 
on to become the Group Financial 
Controller, and then General Manager 
Commercial. Ethan graduated with 
an Honours in Business Administration 
from Richard Ivey School of Business, 
University of Western Ontario and is also 
a Chartered Professional Accountant 
(Canada). Previously, Ethan held senior 
management roles across Canada and 
Australia working with brands including 
David Jones, Colgate, Subaru and Estee 
Lauder.

Alex was appointed as Macpac’s 
Chief Executive Officer in July 2012 
and continues to serve in this role 
after Super Retail Group acquired the 
outdoor adventure specialist retailer in 
April 2018. Originally from England, Alex 
holds a Bachelor of Economics and 
Marketing degree from the London 
Guildhall University and is currently 
based in Christchurch, New Zealand. 
Alex has more than 20 years of retailing 
experience across the US, Australia 
and New Zealand with companies 
including Bath and Body Works, 
Express, Surf Dive N Ski, Rip Curl and 
Just Kids.

PETER LIM
Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary

KATIE McNAMARA 
Chief Strategy and 
Customer Officer

DARREN WEDDING
Chief Supply Chain Officer

Peter joined Super Retail Group in 
January 2019 as Group General 
Counsel and Company Secretary 
and leads the legal, secretariat, 
risk management and compliance 
functions of the organisation. He has 
a Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor 
of Commerce from the University 
of NSW, and is a graduate of the 
Advanced Management Program 
at INSEAD, Fontainebleau. Peter was 
previously the Executive General 
Manager, Legal and Corporate 
Affairs at Caltex Australia Limited.

Katie joined Super Retail Group in April 
2019 as Chief Strategy and Customer 
Officer, where she has responsibility 
for corporate strategy integration 
and execution, analytics, marketing 
and customer strategy. Katie holds a 
Bachelor of Pharmacy Degree, and 
a Master of Business Administration 
from Melbourne Business School and 
Cornell University. She has completed 
executive programs in Digital 
Marketing at INSEAD and both Digital 
Transformation and Marketing at 
Harvard Business School. Katie brings 
more than 20 years’ experience in 
top tier consulting, retail and FMCG 
businesses. She was previously Vice 
President Asia-Pacific for IBM, leading 
Digital Strategy and iX. 

Darren joined Super Retail Group in 
January 2019 as Chief Supply Chain 
Officer. Darren has more than 30 
years’ experience in supply chain 
and logistics having served in a 
broad array of industries including 
military, steel manufacturing, FMCG, 
retail and third party logistics, with 
nine of his past 10 years based in 
Asia. Darren holds a Bachelor of 
Business Degree, Graduate Diploma 
of Business and a Master of Business 
Administration from the University of 
Southern Queensland. Prior to joining 
Super Retail Group, Darren worked in 
a regional operations role for Zuellig 
Pharma serving their Asian based 
operations.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201924

Our 
Team

At Super Retail Group, everything starts with 
our team. Having healthy, happy, capable 
and passionate team members is essential to 
providing inspiring solutions and experiences for 
our customers.

STRATEGIC INVESTMENTS THAT DRIVE  
CUSTOMER VALUE

Continuously improving our skills and knowledge 
is one way we enable our team to develop the 
expertise they need to support our customers and, 
in FY19, we continued our targeted investment in 
our senior leaders so they could be our ongoing 
narrators of change. At the same time, we 
launched: 

SOULlibrary – a broad selection of voluntary 
learning tools for all our team members, 
including a digital library of more than 10,000 
learning items. These tools reinforce that 
learning is not just training, but a continuous 
opportunity to build our team members’ 
expertise.

A suite of new capabilities on SOULmoments – 
our digital team member recognition platform 
and a key driver of internal engagement. 
Our team members access the platform, on 
average, 13,500 times every month to give 
thanks to one another for living our values and 
delivering excellent customer service. 

Next year, we will continue to focus on 
embedding our strategic learning and 
development initiatives in service of our team and 
customers.

MEASUREMENT WHERE IT MATTERS

A commitment to a healthy and safe work 
environment for team members, contractors, 
customers and visitors remains our highest priority. 

We continue to track safety performance via our 
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR). 
This measures the number of fatalities, lost time 
injuries, restricted duties and other injuries requiring 
treatment by a medical professional, per million 
hours worked.

We are pleased to report a 10.1 per cent 
reduction on last year, with a result of 14.34 
in FY19. There were no work-related fatalities 
recorded during the reporting period. The TRIFR 
result compared to the previous year reflects 
ongoing maturity of our reporting data, which 
recalculated FY18 TRIFR to 15.95.

Backing  
our Brands

Brands

3 6 8   S U P P L Y   C H A I N
I N A N C E  
8   F
F O R M A T I O N   S E R V I C ES
S O U R C E S
N   R
Y   &   C U S T O M E R
I A N C E
O M P

E

L

8

2
0  I N
U M A
G
E
T
A
A L  &   C

2

R

1
1  H
7
3 2 S T
15 L E G

830 M

1873 B

C

F

A

C

P

A

C

37

0
8 S

5

4

8
7 R

E

B

E

L

U

P

E

R

C

H

E

A

P

A

U

T

O

S
R
A
E
Y

+
1
5

%
0

.

7

S
R
A
E
Y

8
1

R

E

D

N

U

%

4

.

6

>12,000 TEAM  

MEMBERS

Gender

4
7
.
9
%
F
E
M
A
L
E

5
2
.
1
%
M
A
L
E

RS
A
E
5 Y
2
8 –
% 1
7.1

S
R
A
E
5 Y
 – 3

4

6
2
%
1
.
3
2

S
R
A
E
Y
0
5
–
6
3
%
5

.

6
1

Age Group

4

1
.
2

%

0

 2

7.6

 2

0.0

– 2 Y

E

A

R

S

% 2 – 5 YEARS

% 5 – 10 YEARS

11.2% 10+ YEARS

Length of 
Service

%  P A RT TIM E
U L L TI M E
C L U

(I N

D I N

3 .5

  2

%  F

9 . 8

  2

L

A

U

S

A

  4 6 . 7 %   C

G P E AK TRADE)

Employment 
Type

25

Our focus this year has been on safety leadership, 
risk management, personal accountability 
and team member awareness and education. 
Next year, we will improve our health and 
safety maturity by continuing our efforts and 
activities in these core areas as well as our safety 
management system.

We believe that a diverse team and an inclusive 
work culture are essential to our organisation’s 
growth. We know that team members who feel 
valued and supported are more likely to be 
engaged in their work. A diverse team also offers 
a wider variety of perspectives, which improves 
the quality of organisational decision-making. 

An inclusive environment for all team members 
– regardless of gender, ethnicity, religion, age, 
sexual orientation and mobility – allows us to 
attract and retain the best talent and reflect the 
diversity of the communities in which we operate 
and the customers we serve.

These beliefs are underpinned by progressive 
ways of working, policies and practices.

In FY19, the Group achieved its highest rate of 
female participation with a total team mix of 47.9 
per cent female and 52.1 per cent male. Women 
in senior management roles increased to 38.6 per 
cent in FY19 and by 2 per cent (to 35 per cent) for 
management roles.

Female representation on our Board remained 
consistent year-on-year at 43 per cent, while 
leadership renewal at the executive leadership 
level meant the number of women decreased to 
20 per cent. We remain committed to our target 
of having 40 per cent female representation at 
Board and senior management levels by 2020.  

TEAM ENGAGEMENT

In October 2019, we will conduct our annual 
team member engagement survey. Following this, 
we will start running shorter, more regular pulse 
surveys so we can listen and respond faster to the 
‘heartbeat’ of our team members.

GENDER EQUALITY PUBLIC REPORT

To comply with the Workplace Gender Equality 
Act 2012, we have lodged our 2018-19 Gender 
Equality Report with the Workplace Gender 
Equality Agency. The report is available to  
view here: https://www.wgea.gov.au/.

47.9%

% OF FEMALE  
PARTICIPATION 

38.6%

WOMEN IN SENIOR 
MANAGEMENT

35%

WOMEN IN  
MANAGEMENT

10.1%

TOTAL RECORDABLE INJURY 
FREQUENCY RATE

75.9%

TEAM 
RETENTION

13,500

AVG TEAM MEMBER  
RECOGNITIONS PER MONTH
across Super Retail Group

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

27

Corporate  
Governance

Super Retail Group is committed to sound corporate governance standards that protect and enhance the 
long-term performance of the Group, taking into account the interests of our stakeholders.

The Group has fully followed the 
recommendations of the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s 
Principles and Recommendations 
(3rd Edition) throughout the 
reporting period. Further details are 
set out in the Group’s Appendix 
4G and Corporate Governance 
Statement, authorised for issue 
by the Directors on 14 August 
2019, which are available on the 
Australian Securities Exchange 
(ASX) website at www.asx.com.au 
and the Group’s website at: www.
superretailgroup.com/investors-and-
media/corporate-governance.

OUR PURPOSE

The purpose of our business is to 
provide solutions and engaging 

experiences that inspire our 
customers to make the most of their 
leisure time. We aim to operate 
our business to create long-term 
shareholder value while taking 
account of the interests of team 
members, customers, and others 
with whom we do business, and the 
communities in which we operate.

We aspire to an organisational 
culture that promotes ethical and 
responsible behaviour and supports 
team members to achieve our 
purpose.

We have a set of five values to 
guide the behaviours of Directors 
and all team members. These are 
passion, openness, integrity, care 
and discipline. Further detail on our 

values can be found at:  
www.superretailgroup.com/about-
us/our-values. 

Our Code of Conduct sets out 
our personal responsibilities and 
standards of behaviour, and 
provides guidance as to how to 
conduct our activities in a safe and 
fair manner. Our Code of Conduct 
is supported by other policies, 
including the Whistleblowing Policy. 
This policy encourages our team 
members, suppliers and associates 
to raise concerns about suspected 
unethical, unsafe or illegal activity, 
or any inappropriate conduct. 
Under this policy we also seek to 
safeguard people who make a 
report.

We create an 
environment in which 
we share our passion 
for what we do, and 
our contributions 
and successes are 
recognised. 

P
A

S

S

I

O

N

O

P

E

N

N

ESS

OUR  
VALUES

E
N
I
L
CIP
DIS

R E

A

C

INTEGRIT Y

We commit to the 
plan, resource 
effectively and 
follow the agreed 
processes and 
standards. 

We are committed 
to open and 
constructive 
communication. 

We value our team, 
our customers, our 
trade partners and the 
communities in which 
we operate. 

We act with honesty 
and we deliver on 
our commitments. 

OUR GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

The Board’s role, as set out in the 
Board Charter, includes responsibility 
to approve and oversee the 
strategic direction of the Group, 
to appoint the Group Managing 
Director and CEO and to oversee 
the governance, management 
and performance of the Group. 
The Board is supported through 
three standing Board Committees. 
Each Committee has its own 
Charter setting out its role and 
responsibilities, composition, and 
how it will operate. 

The Board has a policy that it 
shall be composed of a majority 

of independent, Non-Executive 
Directors who, with Executive 
Directors, have an appropriate mix 
of capabilities, experience and 
diversity to effectively meet the 
Board’s responsibilities.

The Board delegates responsibility 
for the day to day management of 
the Group to the Group Managing 
Director and CEO. The Group 
Managing Director and CEO 
manages the Group in accordance 
with the strategy, business plans 
and delegations approved by 
the Board, and is accountable to 
the Board for the exercise of the 
delegated authority. 

The Group recognises that risk is 
characterised by both threat and 
opportunity, and manages risk in 
order to enhance opportunities 
and mitigate threats. There is an 
Internal Audit function reporting to 
the Audit and Risk Committee and 
the Chief Financial Officer. The role 
of Internal Audit is to evaluate the 
adequacy and effectiveness of 
the risk management system and 
internal controls. 

The External Auditor provides 
assurance on the Group’s financial 
reporting.

The governance framework is 
depicted in the diagram below:

THE 
BOARD

Nomination 
Committee
Board size and composition, 
Director recruitment and re-election, 
Director induction and continuing 
development, Board and Committee 
performance evaluation, 

Audit & Risk 
Committee
Financial reporting
Internal and External Audit 
Risk management and internal control
Compliance
Corporate Governance

Human Resources & 
Remuneration Committee
Human resources strategy
Remuneration governance and strategy
Development and succession
Diversity strategy
Workplace Health & Safety

Group Managing Director and CEO

Executive Leadership Team

Internal Audit

External Audit
(Independent)

OUR APPROACH TO STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT 

We are committed to providing 
shareholders and the investment 
community with access to full, 
accurate and timely information 

about our governance, financial 
performance and activities. We 
are also committed to meeting our 
continuous disclosure obligations.

We have programs of engagement 
with a broad range of stakeholders, 

including our team members, 
customers, business partners, 
industry participants and 
local communities. We value 
our engagement with all our 
stakeholders.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201928

2018 – 2019
Directors’ Report 
Remuneration Report 
Financial Report

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Super Retail Group Limited 
ABN: 81 108 676 204 
ASX Code: SUL

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     29 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their report together with the consolidated financial statements of the Group comprising Super Retail Group 
Limited (SUL) (the Company) and its subsidiaries for the period ended 29 June 2019. 

1. 
The Directors of the Company at any time during or since the end of the period, up to the date of this report are: 

Directors 

Directors: 
S A Pitkin 
(Independent Non-Executive Chair)  
A M Heraghty 
(Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer) (appointed 20 February 2019) 
R A Rowe 
(Non-Executive Director) 
D J Eilert 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
L K Inman 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
H L Mowlem 
(Independent Non-Executive)  
P D Everingham 
(Independent Non-Executive) 

Former: 
P A Birtles 
(Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer) (retired 19 February 2019) 

Details  of  the  qualifications,  experience  and  responsibilities  of  the  Directors  can  be  found  in  the  Group’s  annual  report.

Special Responsibilities of Directors: 

Director 

S A Pitkin 

A M Heraghty(2)(3) 

R A Rowe 

D J  Eilert(3) 

L K Inman(3) 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

Audit & Risk Committee 

Nomination Committee 

Human Resources & 
Remuneration Committee 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

(cid:1) 

n/a 

(cid:1)(1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1)(1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1) 

n/a 

  n/a 

n/a 

(cid:1) 

(cid:1)(1) 

n/a 

(cid:1) 

(1) Denotes Chair of Committee. 
(2) Appointed 20 February 2019. 
(3) Resigned from Nomination Committee effective 22 July 2019. 

1.1 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board 

Current directors: 

Director 

S A Pitkin 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 
The Star Entertainment 
Group Limited 
Link Administration 
Holdings Limited 

Former directorships: 

Independent Non-Executive Chair  

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 01 July 2010 
Appointed as Chair 23 October 2017 
Current, appointed 31 July 2014 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 23 September 
2015 

IPH Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

A M Heraghty 

R A Rowe 

Billabong International 
Limited 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer 

Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 08 April 2004 

Former, appointed 23 September 
2014 and ceased 20 November 2017 
Former, appointed 28 February 2012 
and ceased 15 August 2016 

Current, appointed 20 February 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)  

1. 

1.1 

Directors (continued) 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board (continued) 

Current directors: 

Director 

D J  Eilert 

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

Former director: 

Director 

P A Birtles 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 
Elders Limited 
Domain Holdings 
Australia Limited 

Former directorships: 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 21 October 2015 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current appointed 14 November 2017 
Current appointed 16 November 2017 

Veda Group Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Navitas Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Former, appointed 4 October 2013 
and delisted 26 February 2016 

Former, appointed 28 July 2014 and 
delisted 5 July 2019 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 
Precinct Properties 
New Zealand Limited 

Former directorships: 
Commonwealth Bank 
of Australia 
Bellamy’s Australia 
Limited 
Jaxsta Limited 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 

Former directorships: 

Billabong International 
Limited 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 
iCar Asia Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 21 October 2015 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 28 October 2015 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Former, appointed 16 March 2011 and 
ceased 16 November 2017 
Former, appointed 15 February 2015 
and ceased 28 February 2017 
Former, appointed 28 December 2018 
and ceased 28 February 2019 

Independent Non-Executive Director  Current, appointed 13 June 2017 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Former, appointed 24 October 2012 
and delisted 26 April 2018 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 19 December 2017 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 1 July 2017 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

Super Retail Group 
Limited 
GWA Group Limited 

Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Former, appointed 05 January 2006 
and ceased 19 February 2019 
Current, appointed 24 November 2010 

1.2 

Directors’ Meetings 

The number of meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors and each Board Committee held during the period ended 29 June 
2019 is set out below: 

Board Meetings 

Audit and Risk 

Nomination 

Human Resources and 
Remuneration 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Attended 

Held(1) 

Meetings of Committees 

S A Pitkin 

A M Heraghty 

P A Birtles 

R A Rowe 

D J Eilert  

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

12 

5 

7 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

5 

7 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

5 

1 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

1 

4 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

(1)Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office during the year. 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

6 

2 

4 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

2 

4 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     31 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1. 

1.3 

Directors (continued) 

Directors’ Interests 

The relevant interest of each Director in shares and options over such instruments issued by the companies within the Group and 
other related bodies corporate, as notified by the Directors to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 
205G(1) of the Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Director 

S A Pitkin 

A M Heraghty 

R A Rowe 

D J Eilert  

L K Inman 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

2. 

Company Secretary 

Number of Ordinary Shares 

Options over Ordinary Shares 

42,153 

40,691 

59,936,866 

15,500 

22,175 

30,000 

17,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

The Company Secretary (and Group General Counsel) is Mr Peter Lim, B Com LLB (UNSW).  Mr Lim was appointed and commenced 
with Super Retail Group Limited on 21 January 2019. 

Prior to 21 January 2019, the Company Secretary (and Chief Legal and Property Officer) position was held by Mr R W Dawkins, B.Bus 
(Acct),  Grad.  Dip.  AppCorpGov,  ACIS,  ACSA.    Mr  Dawkins  commenced with  Super Retail Group  Limited as  the  Property  Services 
Manager in July 2001 and was appointed Company Secretary in December 2010. 

3. 

3.1 

Operating and Financial Review 

Overview of the Group 

The  Group is a  for-profit  entity  and is  primarily involved in  the  retail industry.  Founded in  1972,  as  an  automotive  accessories mail 
order  business  which  evolved  into  Supercheap  Auto,  the  Group  has  grown  through  both  organic  growth  and  mergers  and 
acquisitions evolving its principal activities to include: 

•  Super Cheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
•  Rebel: retailing of sporting equipment and apparel; 
•  BCF: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
•  Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

3.2 

(a) 

Review of Financial Condition 

Group Results 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Segment earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) 
Segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) 
Normalised NPAT 
Profit for the period attributable to owners 
Profit for the period 
Operating cash flow 
EPS – basic (cents) 
Dividends per share (cents) 

2019 
$m 
2,710.4 
314.7 
228.1 
152.5 
139.3 
139.2 
240.9 
70.6 
50.0 

2018 
$m 
2,570.4 
294.1 
219.6 
145.3 
128.3 
127.3 
308.4 
65.0 
49.0 

The Group has delivered a solid result for the financial year. The Goup achieved total sales growth of 5.4% which reflected sales and 
like  for  like  sales  growth  across  all  four  divisions.  This  top  line  growth  translated  into  a  7.0%  increase  in  Segment  EBITDA,  a  3.9% 
increase  in  Segment  EBIT  and  a  5.0%  increase  in  normalised  net  profit  after  tax.    Super  Retail  Group  delivered  another  period  of 
strong  operating  cashflows.  Normalised  EBITDA  cash  conversion  of  94%  reflected  an  ongoing  focus  on  working  capital 
management  together  with  a  strategic  decision  to  invest  in  inventory  levels  to  increase  in-store  availability  of  products.    This 
enabled the Group to fund its growth initiatives while reducing net debt by $36.2 million and paying fully franked dividends totalling 
50.0 cents per share. 

During  the  financial  period  the  Group  completed  a  comprehensive  review  of  employment  arrangements  across  the  business 
following the identification of underpayments to retail managers and other team members. As previously announced to the market 
on 12 February 2019, the Group will make back payments to all impacted team members. An estimate has been completed for the 
period  between  financial  years  2013  to  2018.    The  annual  amounts  were  not  material  to  profit  for  any  of  the  individual  years  to 
which they related.  A total of $24.0 million after tax is included in the restatement of retained earnings.  In addition, the Group has 
recognised  net  $8.9  million  before  tax  ($6.2  million  after  tax)  as  an  expense  in  2019  relating  to  revision  of  wages  underpayment 
estimates and associated remediation costs. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)  

3. 

3.2 

(a) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Group Results (continued) 

Net profit after tax (NPAT) attributable to owners was $139.3 million compared to $128.3 million in the prior period representing an 
increase of 8.6%.  Normalised NPAT was $152.5 million compared to $145.3 million in the prior period, an increase of 5.0%.  The table 
below provides the reconciliation to the statutory profit. 

Profit for the period 
Loss for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 
Profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited from 
continuing operations 
Wages underpayment and remediation costs(1) 
Business restructuring costs(1) 
Losses from associates accounted for using the equity method 
Loss on divestment of investments 
Macpac acquisition costs(1) 
Autoguru net gain on divestment(2) 
Normalised net profit after tax 
(1) Net of tax 
(2) Net of tax and share of trading losses 

2019 
$m 
139.2 
0.1 

139.3 
6.2 
3.1 
2.2 
1.7 
- 
- 
152.5 

2018 
$m 
127.3 
1.0 

128.3 
6.0 
11.8 
- 
- 
3.9 
(4.7) 
145.3 

Basic earnings per share (EPS) was 70.6 cents compared to 65.0 cents in the prior comparable period. 

Total sales have increased 5.4% on the prior comparative period to $2,710.4 million. This included a full 12 month contribution from 
the Macpac business which was acquired effective 31 March 2018, compared to a 3 month contribution in the prior comparative 
period.  The increase in total Group sales compared to the prior comparative period was driven by solid like for like growth in all 
divisions together with new store growth.   

Online sales grew by 25% as more customers shifted to the omni-channel experience allowing them to shop online and receive their 
purchases either in store or at the location of their choice. Online sales now represent over 7% of total Group sales, however almost 
half  of  all  online  sales  are  Click  &  Collect  transactions where  the  customer  visits  a  store  to collect  their  purchase.  This means  the 
Group can leverage its national store footprint to grow online sales and mitigate its cost to serve. 

The  Group  remains  focused  on  growing  market  share  by  investing  in  its  digital  capability  and  omni-retail  platform  to  provide 
customers with  a  seamless  multi-channel  shopping  experience  that  gives  them  the  flexibility  to  shop when, where  and  how  they 
want. The Group’s scale provides the opportunity to fractionalise the cost of investment in technology and systems across its entire 
brand portfolio, store network and customer transaction base. 

The Group has over 6 million active members in its loyalty club programs. These customers represent over 56% of Group sales and 
they  have  a  higher  average  transaction  value  than  non-members  across  each  of  the  four  brands.  The  Group  has  a  significant 
opportunity to leverage this customer base and develop closer customer relationships by refreshing its loyalty programs and utilising 
customer data analytics to develop more tailored and personalised offers. 

(b) 

Division Results 

Supercheap Auto 
Rebel 
BCF 
Macpac (including Rays) 
Unallocated 

Supercheap Auto 

Sales 

EBITDA 

EBIT 

2019 
$m 
1,040.6 
1,016.4 
514.6 
138.8 
- 
2,710.4 

2018 
$m 
1,006.4 
979.2 
498.3 
81.5 
5.0 
2,570.4 

2019 
$m 
156.1 
122.6 
40.2 
15.6 
(19.8) 
314.7 

2018 
$m 
148.2 
115.7 
44.2 
3.7 
(17.7) 
294.1 

2019 
$m 
120.6 
93.8 
20.8 
13.0 
(20.1) 
228.1 

2018 
$m 
116.4 
91.5 
27.3 
2.3 
(17.9) 
219.6 

Divisional sales of $1,040.6 million were 3.4% higher than the prior comparative period, supported by like for like growth of 2.3% and 
new store growth.  

Like for like sales growth of 2.3% was driven by higher  ATV and reflected an increase in average item value and higher average 
units per transaction.  

Gross margin was in line with the prior comparative period and operating expenses as a percentage of sales improved by 0.3%. 

Segment EBITDA increased by 5.3% to $156.1 million and EBITDA margin of 15.0% was 0.3% higher than the prior comparative period. 

Segment EBIT increased by 3.6% to $120.6 million and EBIT margin of 11.6% was in line with the prior comparative period. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     33 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(b) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Division Results (continued) 

Supercheap Auto (continued) 

Auto maintenance and auto accessories, which represent approximately three quarters of divisional revenue, were the strongest 
performing categories and delivered solid sales and LFL sales growth. 

Supercheap Auto is focused on expanding the value added services it provides to customers to encourage them to visit our stores 
when purchasing products. Growth in services like diagnostics, blade, bulb and battery fitting supported product sales and helped 
deliver $8.0 million in total services revenue in the financial period. 

Sales growth was achieved across all Australian states and New Zealand delivered very strong growth. Gross margin was in line with 
the prior comparative period. 

The business successfully relaunched the Supercheap Auto website during the financial period with pleasing results. Growth in online 
traffic and a significant improvement in online conversion resulted in online sales growth of 25%. Online sales now represent 6% of 
Supercheap Auto’s total sales and Click & Collect now accounts for approximately two thirds of these online sales. 

Supercheap  Auto  Club  Plus  membership  increased  by  12%  during  the  year  to  1.65  million  members.  Sales  attributable  to  club 
members increased to 39% of total sales.  Average club member NPS increased to 61% from 59% in the prior comparative period. 

The  business  opened  five  new  Supercheap  Auto  Stores  and  closed  one  store  in  the  financial  period.  The  store  refurbishment 
program completed 8 refurbishments and relocations plus an additional 14 layout changes. As at 29 June 2019, Supercheap Auto 
had a total of 278 stores in Australia and 45 stores in New Zealand. 

Rebel 

Divisional sales of $1,016.4 million were 3.8% higher than the prior comparable period, supported by like for like sales growth of 3.3% 
and new store growth. Segment EBIT of $93.8 million was 2.5% higher than the prior comparative period. 

Like for like sales growth of 3.3% was driven by both transaction growth and higher average transaction value. 

Gross margin was in line with the prior comparative period and operating expenses as a percentage of sales improved by 0.3%. 

Segment EBITDA increased by 6.0% to $122.6 million and EBITDA margin of 12.1% was 0.3% higher than the prior comparative period. 

Segment EBIT increased by 2.5% to $93.8 million and EBIT margin of 9.2% was 0.1% lower than the prior comparative period. 

Key categories of apparel and footwear delivered solid sales growth in the financial period. Fitness accessories also performed well, 
while sales of hard goods decreased. 

Queensland, Victoria and South Australia delivered the strongest like for like sales growth.  

Following  the launch of  a new website  platform in  July  2018 as  part  of  the  Group’s  ongoing investment in its  omni-channel  retail 
capability,  Rebel  has  delivered  online  sales  growth  of  33%.  In  the  financial  period,  website  traffic  has  increased  and  conversion 
rates  have  improved  by  almost  20%.  Online  sales  now  represent  9%  of  total  Rebel  sales  and  Click  &  Collect  accounts  for 
approximately one quarter of these online sales. 

Rebel active club membership increased by 8% during the period to 2.57 million members. Sales to club members represent 61% of 
Rebel sales.  Average club member NPS increased to 57% from 55% in the prior comparative period. 

In  the  financial  period,  the  business  has  opened  4  stores  and  closed  2  stores.    The  store  refurbishment  program  completed  4 
relocations and extensions together with 15 refurbishments. As at 29 June 2019 Rebel had a network of 161 stores. 

BCF 

BCF sales of $514.6 million increased by 3.3% on the prior comparative period. 

Sales growth was primarily attributable to LFL sales growth of 3.2% which was driven by higher average transaction value resulting 
from higher units per sale. 

BCF  delivered  positive  like  for  like  sales  growth  across  all  states.  The  camping  and  apparel  categories  delivered  strong  LFL  sales 
growth while LFL sales in the fishing category declined. 

Over the financial period, gross margin materially declined across all categories due to the highly competitive environment driving 
a higher mix of promotional sales and deeper discounting on key value items. Gross margin began to stabilise in the second half as 
BCF pricing and promotional countermeasures took hold. The competitive pricing environment remains unchanged. 

Operating expenses as a percentage of total sales improved by 0.5%. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)  

3. 

3.2 

(b) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Division Results (continued) 

BCF (continued) 

Segment EBITDA decreased to $40.2 million and EBITDA margin of 7.8% was 1.1% lower than the prior comparative period. 

Segment EBIT decreased to $20.8 million and overall EBIT margin declined to 4.0% from 5.5% in the prior comparative period. 

The BCF club loyalty program exhibited strong growth in the financial year with active memberships increasing by 7% to 1.45 million. 
BCF club members represent 81% of total BCF sales.  Average club member NPS increased to 61% from 57% in the prior comparative 
period. 

Online sales grew by 6% reflecting growth in online traffic and improvements in online conversion. BCF was the first of four brands to 
replatform which negatively impacted online sales. Online sales now represent 7% of total BCF sales and Click & Collect accounts 
for approximately 70% of these online sales. 

BCF opened 3 stores and closed 1 store during the financial period.  As at 29 June 2019, BCF had 136 stores. 

Macpac 

The Macpac business, which was acquired effective 31 March 2018, made a full year contribution in FY2019 compared to a three 
month contribution in FY2018. 

During the financial period, the Group successfully completed the integration of Macpac and ceased operating Rays. Sales from 
Macpac stores (including Adventure Hubs) increased to $119.3 million supported by store openings and like for like growth. Like for 
like sales growth for Macpac (including Adventure Hub stores post April Easter trading period, week 44) was 7.3%.  

Macpac  stores  (including  Adventure  Hubs)  delivered  EBITDA  of  AUD  17.4  million  compared  to  acquisition  case  of  NZD  16  million 
(equivalent to AUD 14.7 million), in line with management’s business plan. 

Macpac stores (including Adventure Hubs) delivered $15.4 million of EBIT in the financial period. Operating expenses increased, in 
line  with  management’s  business  plan,  as  a  result  of  investment  in  capabilities  and  systems  to  support  expansion.  Additional 
overhead costs relating to Adventure Hubs were also incurred in the period. The opportunity exists to fractionalise these costs over 
time as the formats mature and the store network expands. 

The  Group  converted  nine  Rays  stores  to  large  format  Macpac  Adventure  Hubs  in  March  2019.  The  Rays  brand  has  ceased  to 
operate and incurred $2.4 million of EBIT losses in the financial period.  

Macpac online sales grew by 24% during the financial period and now represent over 10% of total sales. 

Macpac now has over 400,000 club members representing 65% of total sales. 

Macpac  opened  16  stores  during  the  financial  period  including  seven  small  format  stores  and  nine  large  format  Adventure  Hub 
stores.  As at 29 June 2019, Macpac had 70 stores comprising 61 small format stores and nine Adventure Hub stores. 

The  Group  believes  Macpac  is  now  well  positioned  to  grow  profitably  and  to  expand  its  store  network  in  Australia  and  New 
Zealand. 

Group Costs 

Group costs for the period were $20.1 million, up 12.3% compared to the prior period.  The Group costs include Corporate costs of 
$12.2  million,  $3.3  million  of  un-allocated  distribution  centre  costs  and  $4.6  million  relating  to  omni-retail  development  and digital 
investment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     35 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(c) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Financial Position and Cash Flow 

BALANCE SHEET 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax assets / (liabilities) 
Total working capital 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Net debt 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Other financial assets 
Derivatives 
Provisions 
Deferred taxes 

NET ASSETS 

CASH FLOW 
Net cash inflow from operations 
Net cash (outflow) from investing 
Net cash (outflow) from financing 
Net increase / (decrease) in cash 

Cash at the beginning of the period 
Effects of exchange rates on cash 
Cash at the end of the period 

2019 
$m 

37.6 
560.2 
(412.2) 
1.9 
187.5 

7.5 
(394.2) 
(386.7) 

267.9 
894.2 
6.9 
(3.4) 
(127.0) 
(23.4) 

816.0 

240.9 
(90.5) 
(158.4) 
(8.0) 

15.2 
0.3 
7.5 

2018 
$m 

23.8 
545.5 
(391.4) 
(9.6) 
168.3 

15.2 
(438.1) 
(422.9) 

270.4 
891.6 
9.3 
5.3 
(126.7) 
(20.1) 

775.2 

308.4 
(241.2) 
(71.8) 
(4.6) 

19.9 
(0.1) 
15.2 

Net  assets  for  the  Group increased  by $40.8  million primarily due  to lower  borrowings,  ongoing  focus  on working  capital  and  the 
strategic decision to invest in inventory levels to increase in-store availability of products.  

Net  debt  decreased  by  $36.2  million  to  $386.7  million  as  the  Group  utilised  strong  free  cashflow  to  pay  down  debt.  The  Group 
remains comfortably within its banking covenants. 

Group capital expenditure cash flow was $90.5 million which included $28.6 million in new and refurbished store fit out, $0.7 million in 
acquisitions  and  $61.2  million  in  building  omni-retail  capabilities,  data  and  analytics,  inventory  management  projects  and  other 
information technology projects. 

(d) 

Dividends 

Super Retail Group has declared a 28.5 cents per share fully franked final dividend for 2019.  This will result in full year dividends of 
50.0 cents per share fully franked, up 2.0% on the prior year.  This represents a dividend payout ratio of 64.7% of underlying NPAT. 

(e) 

Material Business Risks 

The  Group  recognises  that  all  of  its  businesses  operate  in  an  environment  of  change  and  uncertainty  and  is  committed  to 
managing the potential risks associated with this uncertainty in a continuous, proactive and systematic way. The Group regularly 
reviews  the  possible  impact  of  these  risks  and  seeks  to  minimise  this  impact  through  a  commitment  to  its  corporate  governance 
principles and its risk management functions. 

The business risks faced by the Group that are likely to have a material effect on its financial prospects are listed below, including 
an overview of the Group’s mitigating actions:  

• 

• 

Competition intensity – The growth and intensity of competition in the increasingly globalised retail market continues to impact 
the Group. The Group may face increased competition from existing competitors and new entrants into the  Australian and 
New Zealand retail markets. The Group expects this risk to increase in the future as competitors continue to enter the market. 
We will mitigate this risk by focusing on our Customer Promise, notably Inspiration, Experience and Solutions, and continue to 
build an emotional connection with our customers that will differentiate each Brand in market. 
New retail business model – Traditional retail business models are being disrupted and the cost of doing business is increasing. 
The  Group’s  Operating  Model  and  strategic  investment  must  support  the  required  capability  uplift  to  transition  to  an  omni-
retailer. The Group expects this risk to continue to develop in the short and medium term. The Group has and will continue to 
invest in its Omni Channel Strategy to provide customers with seamless engagement options to meet their expectations. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)  

3. 

3.2 

(e) 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Material Business Risks (continued) 

Breach of industrial practices – The Group, like all retailers, is exposed to industrial relations risk that can impact the reputation 
and  financial  performance  of  the  business.  There  are  dedicated  programs  of  work  in  place  to  mitigate  this  risk  including 
remuneration oversight, an audit program, training, procedures and policies. 
Health and safety – The Group, like all retailers, is exposed to safety and wellbeing risks which include hazardous environments 
associated with retail operations and distribution centres. Safety and wellbeing is a priority area for the Group. The Group has 
an  established  Health  and  Safety  Management  System  including  resources,  training  and  procedures,  and  this  is  supported 
through active reporting of incidents, regular monitoring and assurance activities. 
Supply chain and inventory agility for omni-retail – Supply Chain and inventory agility are critical requirements of a world class 
omni-retailer,  in  order  to  meet  evolving  customer  expectations.  Risks  associated  with  the  supply  chain  and  inventory 
management remain constant in the current retail environment, and increased flexibility is key to future success. The Group 
continues  to  pursue  opportunities  to  reduce  the  cost  of  the  supply  chain  and  working  cost  of  capital  through  improved 
delivery models with major trade partners. The Group has made substantial investments in an updated supply chain network 
and supporting information systems to improve agility and meet changing customer expectations. 
Cyber and information security - The digital economy and associated transformation in retail delivery creates new challenges 
for all companies to maintain a strong cyber resilience program.  The Group is implementing strategies to provide protection 
against  deliberate  exploitation  of  computer  systems,  technology-dependent  enterprises  and  networks  by  internal  and 
external parties. Cyber security is an evolving and significant risk to all retailers and the Group will need to maintain ongoing 
vigilance and adopt appropriate responses to protect its information assets. The Group has made and will continue to make a 
significant investment in cyber security to meet the challenges of the digital economy and evolving technology landscape.  
Financial risk – The Group’s activities expose it to a number of financial risks.  The Group adopts a financial risk management 
program which  seeks  to  minimise potential  adverse impacts  on  the  financial performance of  the  Group.  Financial  risks and 
specific risk management approaches are reported in more detail in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  
Compliance – The Group is required to maintain compliance with all applicable regulations, including consumer law, product 
quality,  ethical  sourcing  and  transport  regulations.  Failure  to  comply  with  these  regulations  would  expose  the  Group  to 
financial and non-financial penalties. The Group has dedicated compliance programs in place to mitigate compliance risks. 

3.3 

Dividends 

Dividends paid or declared by the Group to members since the end of the previous financial year were: 

Declared and paid during the year: 

2018 final fully franked dividend 

2019 interim fully franked dividend 

Declared after end of year: 

2019 final fully franked dividend 

3.4 

Significant Changes in the State of Affairs 

Cents per share 

Total amount 
$m 

Payment date 

27.5 

21.5 

54.3 

42.4 

2 October 2018 

28 March 2019 

28.5 

56.3 

26 September 2019 

There were no significant changes in the Group’s state of affairs during the period other than that described in section 3.5 below. 

3.5 

Matters Subsequent to the End of the Financial Year 

Since  29  June  2019  Super  Retail  Group  limited  does  not  have  any  matters  subsequent  to  the  end  of  the  financial  year  to  be 
disclosed. 

3.6 

Likely Developments and Future Prospects 

Information  on  likely  developments  in  the  operations  of  the  Group  is  set  out  in  this  report  under  the  section  Review  of  Financial 
Condition.    Further  information  on  the  expected  results  of  operations  has  not  been  included  in  this  report  because  the  Directors 
believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group. 

3.7 

Environmental Regulation 

The  Group’s  environmental  obligations  are  regulated  under  State,  Territory,  Federal  and  International  Law.    The  Group  has  an 
Environmental  Management  System  in  place  and  a  policy  of  complying  with  its  environmental  performance  obligations.    All 
material environmental performance obligations are monitored by the Board.  No environmental breaches have been notified to 
the Group during the period ended 29 June 2019. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     37 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

Non-Audit Services 

The  Company  may  decide  to  employ  the  auditor  on  assignments  additional  to  their  statutory  audit  duties  where  the  auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Company and/or the Group are important. 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  considered  the  position  and,  in  accordance  with  the  advice  received  from  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee, is  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services is  compatible with  the  general standard  of independence  for 
auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001.  The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor, as 
set out below, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

•  all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and 

objectivity of the auditor; 

•  none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional  Accountants,  including  reviewing  or  auditing    the  auditor’s  own  work,  acting  in  a  management  or  a  decision-
making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards. 

During  the  period  the  following  fees  were  paid  or  payable  for  services  provided  by  the  auditor  PricewaterhouseCoopers  of  the 
parent entity and its network firms for audit and non-audit services provided during the year is set out below: 

Audit Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Remuneration for audit and review services 
     Other assurance(1) 
Total remuneration for audit and review services 

Taxation and Other Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Taxation Services 
     Customs prudential review 
     Digital advertising advisory 
     Workshop facilitation 
Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia: 
     Taxation Services 
Total remuneration for non-audit services 

(1) Cyber security review. 

5. 

Corporate Governance Statement 

2019 
$ 

2018 
$ 

807,976 
13,407 
821,383 

295,484 
- 
- 
- 

56,283 
351,767 

585,570 
44,721 
630,291 

394,329 
18,500 
49,572 
51,601 

66,924 
580,926 

The  Group’s  Corporate  Governance  Statement  sets  out  the  corporate  governance  framework  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Super 
Retail Group Limited. This statement is publically available on the Super Retail Group external website: 
http://www.superretailgroup.com 

6. 

Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with leave of the Court under section 237 of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

7. 

Auditors Independence Declaration 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 
39. 

8. 

Remuneration Report (Audited) 

The audited remuneration report is set out on pages 40 to 63. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued)  

9. 

Rounding of amounts 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued by 
the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report.  Amounts in 
the  Directors’  Report  have  been  rounded  off  in  accordance  with  that  instrument  to  the  nearest  hundred  thousand  dollars  or  in 
certain cases to the nearest dollar. 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

S A Pitkin 
Chair 

Brisbane 
14 August 2019 

A M Heraghty 
Group Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     39 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
As lead auditor for the audit of Super Retail Group Limited for the period 1 July 2018 to 29 June 2019, I 
declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:  

(a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation 

to the audit; and 

(b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Super Retail Group Limited and the entities it controlled during the 
period. 

Kim Challenor 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Brisbane 
14 August 2019 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001 
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
40

2018 – 2019

Remuneration Report 
Audited 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Super Retail Group Limited 
ABN: 81 108 676 204 
ASX Code: SUL

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201941

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Remuneration  
Report (Audited)

CONTENTS 

Summary 
Key Management Personnel
FY19 Executive Remuneration Overview
FY19 Performance and Remuneration Outcomes

Section 1 
Section 2 
Section 3 
Section 4 
Section 5   Detail of the FY19 Executive Total Reward Framework 
Section 6   Executive Remuneration Framework Changes for FY20
Section 7   Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration Arrangements
Section 8   Executive KMP Remuneration Outcomes for FY19
Section 9   Remuneration Governance

Introduction

The Directors of Super Retail Group present this Remuneration Report for the 52-week period ended 29 June 
2019. The Remuneration Report outlines the Group’s remuneration philosophy and practices, explains how the 
Group’s 2019 performance has driven executive remuneration outcomes, and provides the details of specific 
remuneration arrangements that apply to Key Management Personnel (KMP) in accordance with section 300A 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act) and applicable accounting standards.

The Remuneration Report for the year ended 29 June 2019 (FY19) has been restructured to enhance clarity. We 
welcome your feedback on the Report.

REMUNERATION REPORT APPROVAL AT 2018 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING (AGM)

Our Remuneration Report for the 2018 financial year received positive shareholder support at the 2018 AGM, 
with 99.4% of votes in favour of adoption.

SECTION 1 

Summary 

GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

UNDERPAYMENT OF TEAM MEMBERS 

Overall, the Group had a solid year 
of performance: 

•  Core business delivering solid 

sales growth; 

• 

Year one of Macpac multi-
year business case achieved; 

•  Continuing investment in omni-
retail capabilities underpinning 
growth; 

• 

Successfully re-platformed 
core websites; 

•  Continued safety 
improvement; and

• 

Strong performance in team 
and customer metrics. 

Sales growth of 5.4% has been 
achieved with a Segment EBIT 
growth of 3.9% and a 5.0% increase 
in normalised net profit after tax. 
There were improvements in 
customer metrics (including Net 
Promoter Score) and a reduction 
of 10.1% in the Total Recordable 
Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR). 

Super Retail Group initiated 
a comprehensive review of 
employment arrangements across 
the Group in FY19. The review 
followed the discovery in FY18 of 
a breach of the General Retail 
Industry Award (GRIA) with the 
underpayment of overtime and 
allowances for team members 
involved in store Set Up projects. 

Super Retail Group found that 
while retail managers’ base salaries 
were correct, not all overtime 
hours worked were paid according 
to the GRIA. Additionally, some 
allowances required under the 
award were not paid. 

In its FY19 full year financial 
results, Super Retail Group has 
recognised net $8.9 million before 
tax ($6.2 million after tax) as an 
expense relating to a revision of 
wages underpayment estimates 
and associated remediation costs. 
In addition, $24.0 million after tax 
costs associated with prior year 
retail management underpayment 

was recognised as a restatement 
of retained earnings as required by 
the accounting standards. 

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE (STI)

The Group’s solid financial 
performance resulted in the gate 
to the STI scheme opening. The 
Executive KMP STI achievement, as 
detailed in Section 4 of this report, 
was commensurate with the solid 
performance of the Company 
during the FY19 year. 

Recognising the accountability 
of Executive KMP, the Board 
determined the following 
adjustments to remuneration 
outcomes to recognise the impact 
of the underpayment of retail 
managers:

•  No STI was awarded to the 

former Group Managing 
Director and CEO  (Group MD 
and CEO), with his agreement.

•  A 25% reduction was applied 
to other Executive KMPs’ 
payments.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201942

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE (LTI)

The FY17 LTI grant reached the end of 
its three-year performance period on 
29 June 2019 and 77.3% will vest as a 
result of performance against the LTI 
hurdles. The threshold hurdles for both 
Earnings Per Share (EPS) and Return 
on Capital (ROC) were achieved 
reflecting a period of growth for both 
key shareholder return metrics.

• 

• 

• 

An analysis was completed to 
understand the financial impact the 
underpayments would have had on 
the LTI vesting across the relevant 
performance periods, and appropriate 
adjustments made to vesting 
outcomes for all grants on foot. For 
details see Section 4.

GROUP MANAGING DIRECTOR AND CEO 
TRANSITION 

Mr Heraghty succeeded Mr Birtles as 
Group MD and CEO from 20 February 
2019. Mr Heraghty’s remuneration has 
been set by the Board in accordance 
with the Group’s Remuneration 
Framework. The components of Mr 
Heraghty’s remuneration, as disclosed 
to the market on 22 January 2019, are 
as follows: 

Base salary (inclusive of 
superannuation and salary 
sacrificed items) of $1,050,000, 
which will be reviewed annually, 
plus an allowance for car and 
home office usage. 

STI target of $500,000 (maximum 
$750,000), assessed by the Board 
having regard to his STI objectives. 

Subject to shareholder approval 
at the 2019 AGM, Mr Heraghty 
will be entitled to a one-off co-
investment grant of Performance 
Rights to the value of $400,000 
(vesting over a three to five-year 
period), on the condition that Mr 
Heraghty acquires an additional 
$200,000 worth of Super Retail 
Group ordinary shares to build his 
shareholding (which has been 
satisfied) and subject to service 
conditions. Mr Heraghty’s initial 
purchase of shares in March 2019 
is progress towards meeting his 
obligations under the Minimum 
Securities Holding Policy. 

•  At the discretion of the Board, and 
subject to shareholder approval 
at the 2019 AGM, Mr Heraghty 
is eligible to participate in the 
Group’s LTI plan for FY20. Mr 
Heraghty’s FY20 LTI grant will be 
equivalent to $850,000 at face 
value and measured over a three-
year period, and will vest over a 
four-year period. Refer to Section 6 
for FY20 LTI scheme changes. 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Upon his retirement Mr Birtles received 
his statutory leave entitlements. As 
agreed with Mr Birtles, no STI for FY19 
was awarded. The FY19 LTI grant 
lapsed. Adjustments to the FY16, FY17 
and FY18 LTI grants were made in light 
of the team member underpayment 
issue as set out in Section 4 and  
Table 14.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR (NED) FEES 

There was no change made to NED 
fees (including Committee fees)  
in FY19.

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 
CHANGES FOR FY20

The Group has been progressively 
reviewing the executive total reward 
framework. The approach to setting 
base salary and the STI scheme (the 
Scheme) has been reviewed and 
revised. A review of the Long Term 
Incentive plan (the Plan) has identified 
several areas where the Plan could be 
enhanced with related implications for 
the STI Scheme.

The changes to the Executive 
Remuneration Framework for FY20 
include:

•  Changing the vesting period of 

the LTI plan

• 

Introducing deferral for a portion 
of the STI scheme.

No changes are proposed to fixed 
remuneration for Executive KMP.  

Further details of the changes to the 
Executive Remuneration Framework for 
FY20 are set out in Section 6. 

No changes are proposed to NED fees 
for FY20.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

SECTION 2   
Key Management Personnel 

43

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The names and titles of the Group’s KMP, being those persons having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity, are set 
out below.

Name 

Chair 

Position 

Term as KMP

S A Pitkin 

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director 

1 July 2010

Non-Executive Directors

R A Rowe 

Non-Executive Director 

D J Eilert 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

L K Inman 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

H L Mowlem 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

8 April 2004

21 October 2015

21 October 2015

13 June 2017

P D Everingham  Independent Non-Executive Director 

19 December 2017

Managing Director and CEO

A M Heraghty  Group Managing Director and  

27 April 2015 

Chief Executive Officer (Group MD and CEO)

Executives 

A Brandon 

Chief Executive Officer - Macpac 

D J Burns 

Chief Financial Officer 

C D Wilesmith  Managing Director – Auto 

G Williams 

Managing Director – Sports 

Former Managing Director and CEO

1 May 2019

3 December 2012

29 June 2014

2 April 2019

P A Birtles 

Group Managing Director and  

5 January 2006 

Chief Executive Officer

Former Executives

E A Berchtold  Managing Director – Sports 

5 November 2011 

Mr Brandon joined the business through the acquisition of Macpac in March 2018 and has 
since continued to lead the Macpac division. Mr Brandon joined the Executive Leadership 
Team in May 2019 when Mr Heraghty restructured his Leadership Team. 

Mr Williams, Managing Director – Sports, joined the business in April 2019. Mr Williams was 
previously Chief Operating Officer at Alceon Retail Group and brings more than 30 years of 
global retailing and marketing experience to the Group.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
44

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

SECTION 3   
FY19 Executive Remuneration Overview 

Our philosophy is to provide flexible and market competitive remuneration arrangements that are linked to the 
performance of the Group and its businesses.

The key elements are: 

Market  
competitive

Aligned to 
shareholders’ 
sustainable 
value

Pay-for-
performance 
environment 
– specific and 
measurable

Equitable and 
consistent 
across the 
group

Flexible – 
recognise 
performance 
and 
experience

Aligned to 
values and 
prudent risk 
management

FY19 EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

The Group MD and CEO, together with the other Executive KMP, are remunerated under a Total Reward 
Framework. The diagram below summarises the FY19 remuneration framework over the period for which FY19 
remuneration is delivered and when the awards may vest. 

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

FIXED REMUNERATION

Base pay, superannuation, 
non-monetary benefits

STI
Received as cash; Group 
PBT; Divisional EBIT; working 
capital efficiency; Individual 
performance targets

LTI 50%
Performance Rights, subject to service and performance conditions for three to 
five years from grant date. Earnings per share (EPS); Return on Capital (ROC).

1 YEAR (25%)

holding back

2 YEAR (25%)

holding back

FY19 EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OBJECTIVES

The Total Reward Framework is designed to appropriately reward executives for their contribution to the success 
of the Group by aligning all remuneration elements to the delivery of both short-term milestones and long-
term sustainable value to the Group’s shareholders. Further detail of the Executive Total Reward Framework is 
provided in Section 5 of this report.

Our 
Remuneration 
Objectives

Attract, motivate, and 
retain executive talent

Differentiate reward 
to drive performance 
including values and 
behaviours

Alignment to share-
holder interests and 
value creation through 
equity components

An appropriate balance 
of fixed and ‘at-risk’ 
components focused on 
long-term strategy and 
short-term milestones

ALIGNMENT OF OBJECTIVES TO OUR REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

Base Salary Package

Short Term Incentive (STI)

Long Term Incentive (LTI)

Remuneration Mix

Strategic 
Intent and 
Market 
Positioning

Positioned at the median 
compared to relevant 
market-based data 
(similarly sized S&P/ 
ASX200 companies), 
considering expertise and 
performance in the role.

To achieve Board 
approved targets, 
in support of the 
execution of the 
Group’s strategy. 
Combined, base 
salary package and 
STI is intended to be 
positioned within 
the third quartile of 
relevant benchmark 
comparisons.

To reward Executive 
KMP for sustainable 
long-term growth 
aligned to 
shareholders interests. 
Combined, base 
salary package, STI 
and LTI is intended to 
be positioned within 
the third quartile of 
relevant benchmark 
comparisons.

Higher weighting of 
‘at-risk’ remuneration 
and higher weighting 
towards shorter-term 
remuneration than the 
broader market norm 
due to the nature of  
the organisation and 
shorter business cycles. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201945

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The performance of the Group 
over the last six years is summarised 
in Table 1 below:

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

SECTION 4   
FY19 Performance and Remuneration Outcomes 

Overall, the Group had a solid year 
of performance: 
•  Core business delivering solid 

sales growth;

• 

• 

• 

Year one of Macpac multi-
year business case achieved;

Investment in omni-retail 
capabilities underpinning 
growth;

Successfully re-platformed 
core websites;  

•  Continued safety 
improvement; and

• 

Strong performance in team 
safety and customer metrics. 

Table 1:

The strategic direction of the 
Group has been reviewed with 
the focus continuing on omni-
retailing execution by the Divisions 
supported by strong, common, 
cost-effective infrastructure.

RELATIONSHIP OF REMUNERATION TO 
GROUP PERFORMANCE

The STI scheme and LTI plan operate 
to create a clear link between 
executive remuneration and the 
Group’s performance, motivating 
and rewarding the Group MD and 
CEO and Executive KMP. 

Financial performance

2014

2015(1)

2016(2)

2017

2018

2019

CAGR(3) 

Sales ($m)

  2,112.1 

2,238.7

2,422.2

2,465.8

2,570.4

2,710.4

Normalised Profit before tax ($m)

158.6

148.6

155.9

190.5

201.9

206.8

Normalised Post Tax ROC (%)

11.3

10.6

10.7

13.0

13.1

13.3

Shareholder value created

Normalised Earnings Per Share(¢)

Dividends Per Share (¢)

Closing June Share Price ($)

55.1

40.0

8.46

54.0

40.0

9.40

55.1

41.5

8.77

68.9

46.5

8.20

73.7

49.0

8.10

77.3

50.0

8.23

5%

5%

3%

7%

5%

(1%)

(1) Results from continuing operations.
(2) 2016 is a 53-week reporting period compared to 52 weeks for the other five years.
(3) Represents the five-year normalised Compound Annual Growth Rate.

Table 2:

s
e
m
o
c
t
u
O
%

90%
80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

66%

78%

LTI vesting 
outcomes

32%

34%

29%

40%

Average STI 
outcome as a 
percentage 
of maximum 
opportunity

0%

9%

2015

0%

2016

0%

2017

2018

2019

The Group’s incentive awards 
are designed to align Executive 
KMP remuneration with business 
performance. This alignment is 
demonstrated in Table 2 and 
shows the variability in the history 

of incentive plan outcomes for 
participants. This table shows LTI 
vesting percentages and average 
STI outcome as a percentage of 
maximum opportunity. The figures 
in Table 2 include the adjustments 

made for the underpayment of 
retail managers and store Set Up 
team members. This impact is 
detailed in Table 5.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
46

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

FY19 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES

Short-Term Incentive Scorecard 
Outcomes for FY19

For the year to 29 June 2019, the 
profit before tax (PBT) target was 
set at $212.9 million, 5.4% higher 
than the normalised profit before 
tax achieved in the period to 
30 June 2018 of $201.9 million. 

Table 3:

Executive KMP

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The financial gateway for the 
STI scheme of $191.6 million was 
exceeded and therefore, per 
scheme rules, Executive KMP 
scorecards were activated. 

The Divisional profit is measured 
by segment EBIT performance 
against budget. In the year to 

29 June 2019, only the Auto Division 
achieved its segment EBIT budget.

The individual KPIs and 2019 
achievement as determined by 
the Board for the Group MD and 
CEO and other Executive KMP are 
detailed in Table 3.

Individual Performance Against STI Measures

Name

Role

Financial 
(50%)

Business  
Improvement 
(20–30%)

Customer 
(10–15%)

People 
(10–20%)

STI 
scorecard 
outcome

A Heraghty

A Heraghty

D J Burns

MD and 
CEO

Threshold 
to Target

Former MD  
– Outdoor

Threshold 
to Target

Target 
to Stretch

Target 
to Stretch

Threshold 
to Target

Target 
to Stretch

Target 
to Stretch

Below 
Threshold

Chief 
Financial 
Officer

Threshold 
to Target

Target 
to Stretch

Threshold 
to Target

Target 
to Stretch

C D Wilesmith

MD – Auto

Threshold 
to Target

Target

Threshold 
to Target

Below 
Threshold

91%

80%

95%

80%

GROUP MANAGING DIRECTOR 
AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER + 
MANAGING DIRECTOR OUTDOOR  
– A HERAGHTY 

Mr Heraghty’s performance was 
assessed for seven-and-a-half 
months (64%) of the year as the 
Managing Director, Outdoor 
(MD Outdoor) and then for the 
remaining period as Group MD 
and CEO. 

For the period he was MD Outdoor 
his performance was assessed 
by the Board at 80% of target. 
However, to recognise the impact 
of the underpayment of retail 
managers, a 25% reduction was 
applied to this STI achievement. 
The overall outcome of Mr 
Heraghty as the Group MD  
and CEO was assessed by the 
Board to be a performance 
level of 91% of target, driven by 
outperformance in the Working 
Capital, Business Improvement and 
Safety measures and impacted by 
underperformance in PBT measure.  

Therefore a STI outcome of $317,400 
was awarded to Mr Heraghty with 
$153,600 (reduced from $204,800) 
relating to his period as MD 
Outdoor and $163,800 relating to 
his period as the Group MD and 
CEO. The Board determined not 
to reduce the Group MD and CEO 
portion of Mr Heraghty’s incentive 
as an adjustment to the STI for the 
former Group MD and CEO had 
been made.

FORMER MANAGING DIRECTOR AND 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER – P.BIRTLES 

Due to the underpayment of retail 
managers, the Board and Mr Birtles 
agreed that no FY19 STI would be 
awarded. 

OTHER EXECUTIVE KMP 

Mr Burns’ performance was 
assessed at 95% of target driven 
by outperformance in Working 
Capital and Business Improvement 
but moderated by Group PBT 
underperformance. Mr Wilesmith 
was assessed at 80% of target as 
a result of at target performance 
in Business Improvement but 
offset by under performance 
across the other measures. The 
Board determined that the STI 
outcomes for both Mr Burns and 
Mr Wilesmith would be reduced by 
25% to recognise the impact of the 
underpayment of retail managers.

Mr Williams and Mr Brandon were 
KMP for a partial period of the year 
(two months respectively) and the 
scheme did not apply given the 
short nature of time in role.

Ms Berchtold was not eligible for 
short term incentives due to time 
in role.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

47

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The STI payments for the other 
Executive KMP have been reduced 
by 25% to account for the impact 
of the underpayment of retail 
managers. These outcomes are 
reflected in Table 13.

will vest as a result of performance 
against the LTI hurdles. The threshold 
hurdles for both Earnings Per Share 
(EPS) and Return on Capital (ROC) 
metrics were achieved.

The 2019 STI payment was 
determined on 22 July 2019. 

In the 2019 financial year the STI 
award will be paid in cash. In 
order to support an increase in 
executive shareholding, enhance 
risk management and executive 
retention, and reflect broader 
market practice, the Board has 
determined to defer a portion of 
STI into equity from and including 
FY20 for all Executive KMP. See 
Section 6 for details.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE OUTCOMES 
FOR FY19

The FY17 LTI grant reached the 
end of its three-year performance 
period on 29 June 2019 and 77.3% 

Table 4 outlines the performance 
outcomes for LTI Performance 
Rights granted between the 2015 
to 2017 financial periods. Table 5 
outlines the subsequent vesting 
and forfeiture adjusting for the 
Set Up and retail management 
underpayment as follows:

•  The percentage of FY17 

performance rights granted in 
September 2016, that will vest 
in accordance with the LTI Plan 
Rules is 77.3%

•  The FY16 grant, tested in 

FY18 which previously had a 
determined vesting percentage 
of 56.2% would reduce to 33.5% 
as the FY18 ROC performance 
hurdle dropped below the 
threshold of 12%. Aligned with 

the vesting schedule, 28.1% 
(50% of the original vesting 
outcome) of the FY16 grant 
vested in September 2018. To 
account for the adjustment to 
the overall vesting outcome, 
the remaining amount to vest 
will reduce from 28.1% to 5.4%. 
These will proceed to vest in 
line with original timelines that is 
50% September 2019 and 50% 
September 2020. This treatment 
will be applied to Executive 
KMP and Executives who hold 
unvested portions of the FY16 
grant.

•  The FY14 and FY15 grants, 
tested in FY15 and FY16 
respectively: Previously 
determined nil vesting, so no 
adjustments are required.

Each grant is subject to equally 
weighted performance measures 
(EPS and ROC).

Table 4: Before adjustment for impact of underpayment of Set Up and retail managers

Grant Date

Financial Results 
determining 
vesting

EPS three-year CAGR

ROC Averaged

Performance 
outcome

Vested

Forfeited

Performance 
outcome

Vested

Forfeited

September 2014

June 2017

September 2015

June 2018

September 2016

June 2019

7.7%

10.9%

11.9%

nil

29.5%

34.5%

100%

20.5%

15.5%

11.4%

12.2%

13.1%

nil

26.7%

34.2%

100%

23.3%

15.8%

Table 5: Adjustment for impact of underpayment of Set Up and retail managers

Grant Date

Financial Results 
determining 
vesting

EPS three-year CAGR

ROC Averaged

Performance 
outcome

Vested

Forfeited

Performance 
outcome

Vested

Forfeited

September 2014

June 2017

September 2015

June 2018

September 2016

June 2019

8.1%

11.7%

13.8%

nil

33.5%

44.0%

100%

16.5%

6.0%

11.0%

11.9%

13.0%

nil

nil

33.3%

100%

50.0%

16.7%

•  ROC vesting reduces for all years due to lower returns. FY18 ROC drops below the vesting hurdle threshold of 12%.

•  EPS increases in FY18 and FY19. This is due to the lower base EPS years in FY14 to FY16 which results in higher growth 

in later years.

UNDERLYING PERFORMANCE

Each year, the Board reviews 
any significant items, positive 
and negative, and considers 
their relevance for the PBT results. 
The Board may exclude any 
significant events/items to give 

a clearer reflection of financial 
performance from one period 
to the next. Significant events/
items are considered unusual by 
their nature and size and/or not in 
the ordinary course of the business. 
In relation to the FY19 year, the 
principle exclusions were in 

relation to prior period store wages 
underpayment and remediation 
costs, business restructuring costs, 
equity accounted losses and losses 
on divestments (refer to note 4b in 
the financial statements).

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201948

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

SECTION 5   
Detail of the FY19 Executive Total Reward Framework 

Figure 1 shows the remuneration 
mix based on the base salary 
package (as at June 2019), and 
the incentives payable assuming 
maximum STI is received and full 
vesting of the LTI plan for:

• 

the Group MD and CEO and; 

•  other Executive KMPs.  

Figure 1:

GROUP MANAGING DIRECTOR & CHIEF 
EXECUTIVE OFFICER - A HERAGHTY

40%

28%

32%

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

43%

30%

27%

DIVISIONAL MANAGING DIRECTORS  
(AUTO & SPORTS)
39%

37%

24%

DIVISIONAL MANAGING DIRECTORS 
(OUTDOOR)

42%

32%

26%

FORMER GROUP MANAGING DIRECTOR & 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER - P BIRTLES

33%

33%

33%

Base 
salary 
package

STI

LTI

The Chief Executive Officer 
– Macpac participates in a 
cash-based retention scheme, 
agreed at the time of acquisition, 
with vesting dependent on the 
performance of the Macpac 
business. The current intention is 
that the Chief Executive Officer – 
Macpac will not receive an annual 
LTI grant of performance right 
under the SRG scheme until the 
expiry of the retention scheme.

The Group is committed to 
creating a high-performance 
culture. The philosophy is to 
provide flexible and competitive 
market based total remuneration 
arrangements that are linked to 
the performance of the Group and 
its businesses and support services.

Remuneration and benefits 
practices are set in the context 
of an overall policy to provide 
market competitive remuneration 
arrangements which support 
the attraction, development, 
engagement and retention of 
passionate team members. These 
are also aligned with the interests 
of shareholders.

For the 2019 financial year, 
remuneration benchmarking for all 
Executive KMP was sourced from 
Ernst & Young (EY) Remuneration 
Consultants. The Board referenced 
two sets of comparator groups to 
benchmark remuneration, being:

•  Market Capitalisation 

comparator group: S&P/ASX 
200 companies within 50% to 
200% of Super Retail Group’s 
12-month average market 
capitalisation; and

•  Market Capitalisation and 

GICS comparator group: S&P/
ASX 200 companies within 
the ‘Consumer Discretionary 
Sector’ Global Industry 
Classification Standard (GICS).

TARGET REMUNERATION MIX

The mix of remuneration between 
fixed and variable components 
is determined having regard 
to the seniority of the role, the 
responsibilities of the role for  
driving business performance, 
developing and implementing 
business strategy, and external 
remuneration practices.

BASE SALARY

Base salary comprises base pay 
and superannuation, and may 
include prescribed non-financial 
benefits at the executives’ 
discretion on a salary sacrifice 
basis. The Group provides 
superannuation contributions in line 
with statutory obligations. 

No guaranteed base salary 
increases are included in any 
Executive KMP’s service contract. 
Approved amendments to base 
salary packages are effective from 
the commencement of the new 
financial year.

VARIABLE OR ‘AT-RISK’ 
REMUNERATION

Variable or ‘at-risk’ remuneration 
forms a significant portion of the 
Executive KMP remuneration 
opportunity. The purpose of 
variable remuneration is to focus 
executives on the execution of the 
Group’s strategy, and delivery of 
long-term sustainable value.

The information below provides 
detail of the Group’s short-term 
and long-term incentives. 

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE REWARD

Consistent with the prior year, the 
2019 STI scheme (the Scheme) 
for all Executive KMP (and other 
key executives) is based on a 
balanced scorecard. Taking a 
balanced scorecard approach 
allows Executive KMP performance 
to be assessed in a holistic way for 
four key drivers of performance 
(outlined in Table 6). The Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committee (the Committee) 
governs the design of the STI 
scheme, KPI and target setting, 
and the Board holds discretion 
over the outcomes.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

Table 6:

49

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The key aspects of the FY19 STI are summarised in table 6. See Section 6 for changes to the STI for FY20: 

Scheme

Participation

Purpose

STI awards are made under the Super Retail Group Short Term 
Incentive Scheme (the Scheme).

The Group MD and CEO and other Executive KMP are invited to participate in 
the scheme.

The scheme rewards a combination of Board-approved financial and non-
financial performance measures that articulate performance expectations at 
both target and over-achievement that are aligned to the execution of the 
Group’s strategy. 

Performance Period

The performance period is for 12 months ending 29 June 2019.

Financial Gateway

Performance Targets

A minimum Group PBT of at least 90% of target must be met before any 
short-term incentives are payable. If this level is not reached, the Scheme is 
deemed to be discretionary and any payment made to Executive KMP will be 
at the Board’s discretion.  

The achievement of individual KPI targets (once the financial gateway 
has been achieved) shall determine the proportion of the potential bonus 
entitlement that will be granted. 
For FY19, the following performance goals and weightings were selected. 
These goals are aligned to the Group’s strategic plan. 

Measures

Category

Weighting  
(% of STI)

Performance Goals

Financial

Financial

50

•  Net Profit Before Tax (PBT)
•  Working Capital Efficiency

Business 
Improvement

20 - 30

•  F20 Budget and Execution 

Non-Financial

Customer

10 - 15

People

10 - 20

Framework

•  Division business plan  

delivery

•  Net Promotor Score (NPS)
•  Omni Retail Customer 

Offer

•  Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (TRIFR)

•  One Super Team

2019 Target and Maximum 
Stretch Opportunity

Use of Discretion

The significant weighting of financial outcomes with a minimum of 50% 
maintains a strong link between actual financial performance and 
incentive paid

For the Group MD and CEO and other Executive KMP, the target STI 
opportunity is 100%, and the maximum stretch STI opportunity is 150% of target. 
For each measure, a threshold level of performance is set. This level must be 
met to achieve a score. In setting this threshold, consideration is given to prior 
year performance and target. 

The Committee, in its advisory role, reviews proposed adjustments to STI 
outcomes and makes recommendations for any changes to performance 
measures, which may only be approved by the Board. The Committee also 
reviews the nature of the adjustments to earnings to assess the impacts (if any) 
on remuneration.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019  
 
50

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Governance and Approval 
Process

The Group MD and CEO’s STI is recommended by the Committee based on 
his balanced scorecard performance and is approved by the Board. 

The amount of STI paid to other Executive KMP is recommended by the 
Group MD and CEO to the Committee based on each executive’s balanced 
scorecard performance and is recommended by the Committee for approval 
by the Board.

The Board may apply discretion in determining the STI outcomes to ensure 
they are appropriate. By way of illustration, the Board may take into 
consideration the Executive KMP’s alignment to Company values, prudent risk 
management and the Company’s long-term financial soundness.

Payment Vehicle

FY19 STI awards are delivered in cash with no deferral.

Payment Frequency

STI awards are paid annually. Payments are made in September following the 
end of the performance period.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE REWARD

The Group’s remuneration structure aims to align long-term incentives for Executive KMPs and other executives 
with the delivery of sustainable value to shareholders. The alignment of interests is important in ensuring that 
Executive KMPs and other executives are focused on delivering sustainable returns to shareholders, whilst 
allowing the Group to attract and retain executives of a high calibre. The Board has determined that the 
combination of EPS and ROC are appropriate measures of sustainable shareholder returns.

The key aspects of the LTI plan are summarised in Table 7. See Section 6 for changes to the LTI plan for FY20.

Table 7:

Plan

Participation

LTI Instrument

Allocation Methodology

LTI awards are granted under the Super Retail Group Employee Performance Rights Plan 
(the Plan).

The Plan allows for the annual grant of Performance Rights to Executive KMP and other 
executives.

Performance Rights are granted by the Group for nil consideration. Each performance 
right is a right to receive a fully-paid ordinary share at no cost if service-based and 
performance-based vesting conditions are met.

The number of Performance Rights granted to each Executive KMP is determined 
in accordance with the Executive Remuneration Framework, and have a value 
of between 50% and 100% of their base salary package. The notional value of 
Performance Rights granted to Executive KMP and other executives is determined on 
a face value basis using the volume weighted average price for Super Retail Group 
shares traded on the ASX on the five trading days from the day following the release of 
the Group’s results for the preceding reporting period. The value of Performance Rights 
for grant purposes may differ from the accounting valuation shown in the financial 
statements which considers probability of vesting and other factors.

Performance Period

The performance period is three years commencing on 1 July in the year the award is 
made. For the 2019 awards, this is the three-year period from 1 July 2018 to 26 June 2021.

Performance Hurdles and 
Vesting Schedules

Equity grants to Executive KMP and other executives are in two equal tranches of 50% for 
the three year compound annual growth rate in normalised EPS and 50% for normalised 
three year averaged ROC. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

51

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The performance conditions for Performance Rights granted in September 2018 are:

Measure

Weight

Nature

Normalised earnings per 
share CAGR

Averaged ROC

50%

50%

Growth of Group

Group Absolute

Performance Zone 
(Threshold to Maximum)

8% to 13% compound  
annual growth

10% to 15% annual 
average

Payout

Performance Period

Below threshold (<8%): 
0% of elements vested

Threshold (8%): 
30% of elements vested

Target (10%):
50% of elements vested

Below threshold (<10%): 
0% of elements vested

Threshold (10%): 
30% of elements vested

Target (12%):
50% of elements vested

Maximum (13%): 
100% of elements vested

Maximum (15%): 
100% of elements vested

Straight-line vesting: 
Between threshold (8%) 
and target (10%) and then 
target and maximum (13%)

Straight-line vesting: 
Between threshold 
(10%) and target (12%) 
and then target and 
maximum (15%)

If the Performance Conditions are satisfied within the 
Performance Period, the Performance Rights will vest 
over the subsequent years in accordance with the 
following schedule: 

Time after grant  
of Performance  
Rights: 
3 years
4 years
5 years

Percentage of 
Performance Rights 
that vest:
50%
25%
25%

Under these performance hurdles, for the plan to achieve 100% vesting, the compound 
EPS growth must be at least 13%, and ROC must average at least 15%.  The normalised 
EPS measure excludes the value of franking credits being generated, which are 
transfered to shareholders through the Group’s fully franked dividend.

For Performance Rights granted in September 2017 and prior, the normalised earnings 
performance hurdle was as follows:

Normalised EPS CAGR

% vesting of Performance Rights

10% (threshold)

15% (maximum)

50%

100%

Performance Rights will vest on a pro rata basis between these compound  
annual growth ranges.

Each year, the Board reviews any significant items, positive and negative, and considers 
their relevance for the PBT, ROC and EPS results. The Board may include or exclude any 
significant events/items to give a clearer reflection of normalised financial performance 
from one period to the next. Significant events/items are considered unusual by their 
nature and size and/or not in the ordinary course of the business. In relation to the 
FY19 year, exclusions made in relation to the performance measures include: prior 
period store underpayment and remediation costs, business restructuring costs, equity 
accounted losses and losses on divestments (refer to note 4b in the financial statements).

At the end of three financial years, equity grants are tested against the performance 
hurdles set. Awards will only vest once the Board, in its discretion, determines that 
relevant conditions have been satisfied. If the performance hurdles are not met at the 
vesting date, the Performance Rights will lapse. There is no retesting of performance 
hurdles under the Plan. The Board has discretion to determine that an Award vests prior 
to the end of the relevant period and retains a discretion to adjust performance related 
outcomes. 

Testing and Time Restrictions

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201952

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Dividends and Voting Rights

Performance Rights do not carry voting or dividend rights.

Hedging Arrangements

Participating executives are prohibited from entering into any hedging 
arrangements in relation to Performance Rights.

Clawback Policy

Termination Provisions

There is a Clawback Policy within the Plan. The Board may determine any 
treatment in relation to an Award, without limitation, in certain circumstances 
such as fraud, dishonesty, or breach of obligations (including, without 
limitation, a material misstatement of financial information). The Plan 
document is available on the Group’s website. The vesting outcome of the 
FY16 LTI grant has been reduced due to prior period underpayment of retail 
managers and store Set Up team members.

Executive KMP must be employed at the time of vesting to receive the 
allotment of shares. The Board has discretion to amend the employment 
requirement based on the circumstances associated with the Executive KMP 
and other executives leaving. The Board has previously exercised its discretion 
where an employee left due to retirement, retrenchment or redundancy, or 
termination by mutual consent. The employee may, in these circumstances, 
retain entitlement to a portion of the Performance Rights pro-rated to reflect 
the period of service from the start of the Performance Period to the date of 
departure. After the employee’s departure the Performance Rights would 
only be available to vest to the extent that the performance conditions are 
met. In the event the Board has not exercised discretion, when an employee 
leaves due to resignation or termination with cause, all unvested Performance 
Rights will lapse.

Change of Control Provisions

Any unvested Performance Rights may vest at the Board’s discretion, having 
regard to pro-rated performance.

The Super Retail Employee Performance Rights Plan Rules are available on the Group’s website,  
www.superretailgroup.com.au/investors-and-media/corporate-governance/

PERFORMANCE-BASED RETENTION ARRANGEMENTS FOR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER – MACPAC

As part of the acquisition of Macpac, an executive retention scheme was established for the Chief Executive 
Officer – Macpac, Mr Brandon. The performance hurdles of the retention scheme align to the five-year business 
strategy disclosed to the market in May 2018. 

The retention scheme arrangements for Chief Executive Officer – Macpac are outlined in Table 8.

Table 8:

Vehicle

Cash

Incentive Opportunity

NZ$1,500,000

Performance Period

Five years (2018 – 2023)

Performance Conditions

Vesting is tied to the EBIT (CAGR over five years) measured at three intervals;  
30 June 2021, 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2023, against the consolidated 
MacPac business plan as approved by the Board.

Payment schedule

On the basis that the performance conditions are met at each interval the 
retention payment will be made in the following manner:
1 July 2021 NZ$500,000
1 July 2022 NZ$500,000
1 July 2023 NZ$500,000

Eligibility

The executive is eligible to receive payment if EBIT achieves plan and he 
remains employed on 1 July immediately following each testing date. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

53

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

SECTION 6:   
Executive Remuneration Framework Changes for FY20

BASE SALARY CHANGES 

REMUNERATION STRUCTURE CHANGES

The comparator benchmarks show 
that overall Executive KMP base 
salary package and short-term 
incentive packages for the 2020 
year will be in the range of 90% 
to 132% of the respective market 
median. Executive KMP base 
salaries will not increase in FY20.

DEFERRED SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE

Super Retail Group has been 
progressively reviewing the 
executive total reward framework. 
The approach to setting base 
salary and the STI scheme 
have previously been reviewed 
and revised. During FY19, the 
Company reviewed the LTI plan 
taking into consideration market 
competitiveness as well as the 
effectiveness of the Plan in 
supporting the strategic direction 

(namely to become a sustainable, 
world class omni-retailer). The 
review identified several areas 
where the LTI plan could be 
enhanced, with associated 
implications and further changes 
for the STI plan. We consulted 
on the approach to changes to 
understand shareholders’ and 
governance advisers’ perspectives. 

The following summarises the key 
changes between FY19 and FY20. 

Together with the changes to the LTI plan, deferred STI in the form of Performance Rights (allocated based on 
the face value of award) will be introduced from and including FY20. The introduction of deferred STI is aimed 
to support equity ownership, enhance risk management, retain key executives and reflect market remuneration 
practices. 

The key components of the deferred STI are outlined as follows:

Table 9:

Key change

Key terms of change

Portion of deferred STI

Vesting period

Clawback

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE

Up to 30% of the total STI awarded to KMP will be deferred across two years 
(20% deferral in FY 20, transitioning to 30% deferral in FY21). Transitioning 
towards a 30% deferral over two years allows the Group to appropriately 
manage costs.

Each KMP’s target STI will be increased by 25%, to facilitate the immediate 
introduction of the deferral scheme and to maintain executive engagement, 
consistent with the remuneration strategy and principles. On completion of 
transition the targets will be reviewed against market.

Vesting of the deferred STI will occur in two, equal tranches (i.e., 50% of 
Rights vest one year after grant and remaining 50% vests 2 years after grant). 
Accumulated dividend equivalent payments will be received when awards 
are fully vested.

The deferred STI awards will be subject to the same clawback provisions as 
the LTI (refer to Section 5 for further detail on the LTI clawback policy).

Key change

Key terms of change

Maintain a three-year performance measure but 
transition to a simplified tranche vesting structure. This 
means that 50% of Rights vest three years after grant and 
the remaining 50% vest four years after grant.

This approach simplifies the vesting period while 
maintaining the existing performance period. The vesting 
period remains longer than the majority of companies in 
the S&P/ASX200 index. 

In conjunction with the introduction of the deferred STI, 
the changes will result in a larger portion of remuneration 
held in equity and a longer weighted-average period to 
receive remuneration, despite the 25% reduction in the 
vesting period of the LTI. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201954

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

IMPACT OF CHANGES OVER TIME

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Table 10:

Current state

Changes for FY20

FR

STI

LTI

FR

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

100% CASH

PERFORMANCE PERIOD

100% CASH

PERFORMANCE PERIOD

Right (50% EPS and 50% ROC)

100% CASH

50% of Rights vest

VESTING PERIOD
25% of Rights vest

25% of Rights vest

CASH STI

PERFORMANCE PERIOD

80% CASH

50% of Rights vest

50% of Rights vest

DEFERRED LTI

 LTI

VESTING PERIOD

PERFORMANCE PERIOD

VESTING PERIOD

Key

Grant date

Vesting date

50% of Rights vest

50% of Rights vest

Cash payment

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

55

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

SECTION 7:  
Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration Arrangements

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
REMUNERATION STRUCTURE

The Group’s remuneration 
strategy is designed to attract 
and retain experienced, qualified 
Non-Executive Directors and to 
remunerate appropriately to reflect 
the responsibilities of the position. 
Non-Executive Directors receive 
fees to recognise their contribution 
to the work of the Board and the 
associated Committees on which 
they serve. 

The Nominations Committee 
reviews the level of fees annually. 
Under the current fee framework, 
Non-Executive Directors are 
remunerated by way of a base 
fee, with additional fees paid 
to the Chairs and members 
of Committees; namely, the 

Audit and Risk, and the Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committees. This reflects the 
additional time commitment 
required by the Chairs and 
members of these Committees. 
The Board Chair receives an 
all-inclusive fee and no other 
fees (e.g. Committee fees) 
are paid. Fees are inclusive of 
superannuation contributions 
required by the Superannuation 
Guarantee legislation. Non-
Executive Directors do not 
receive any performance-related 
remuneration. Non-Executive 
Directors may opt each year 
to receive a proportion of their 
remuneration in Super Retail 
Group Limited shares, which 
would be acquired on market. 
Non-Executive Directors are not 

eligible for termination payments 
or to receive retirement benefits 
other than superannuation on 
resignation or retirement from 
the Board.

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees are 
determined within an aggregate 
Directors’ fee pool approved 
by shareholders. The fee pool 
of $1,200,000 per annum was 
approved at the Annual General 
Meeting on 23 October 2013. No 
increase in the pool is proposed for 
FY20.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES

The fees paid to Non-Executive 
Directors are set out in Table 11 
and are annual fees, inclusive 
of superannuation, unless 
otherwise stated.

Table 11:

Annual Fees

Board

Audit and Risk  
Committee

Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Chair(1)

Members

$313,650

$141,143

$25,000

$10,000

$25,000

$10,000

Nil

Nil

(1) Committee fees are not paid to the Chair.

There was no change to Non–Executive Directors’ fees (including Committee fees) in FY19 and there will be no 
change in FY20.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201956

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Details of the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors of the Group are set out in Table 12.

Table 12:

2019

Short-term Benefits

Post-
employment

Share based

Cash
salary 
and fees
$

Cash
bonus
$

Non-
monetary
benefits
$

Super-
annuation
$

Performance 
Rights 
$

Other

Total

$

$

Name

Non-Executive
S A Pitkin
R A Rowe
D J Eilert
L K Inman
H L Mowlem
P D Everingham

313,650
121,371
147,163
166,143
151,729
147,163

Total

1,047,219

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
19,771
13,980
–
14,414
13,980

62,145

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

313,650
141,142
161,143
166,143
166,143
161,143

1,109,364

2018

Short-term Benefits

Post-
employment

Share based

Cash
salary 
and fees
$

Cash
bonus
$

Non-
monetary
benefits
$

Super-
annuation
$

Performance 
Rights 
$

Other

Total

$

$

Name

Non-Executive
S A Pitkin(1)
R A Rowe
D J Eilert
L K Inman(2)
H L Mowlem(3)
P D Everingham(4)
R J Wright(5) 

252,928
118,761
147,162
176,143
156,944
68,911
97,867

Total

1,018,716

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

18,857
22,382
13,980
–
14,910
6,547
7,337

84,013

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

271,785
141,143
161,142
176,143
171,854
75,458
105,204

1,102,729

(1)  S A Pitkin commenced as Board Chair on 23 October 2017.
(2)  L K Inman commenced as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee from 24 October 2016, ceased as chair on 23 October 2017 and 

subsequently commenced as chair of the Human Resources & Remmuneration Committee from 23 October 2017.

(3)  H L Mowlem commenced as Director on 13 June 2017, and commenced as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee from 23 October 2017.
(4)  P D Everingham commenced as Director on 19 December 2017.
(5)  R J Wright retired at the conclusion of the 2017 Annual General Meeting on 23 October 2017.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

57

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

SECTION 8:  
Executive KMP Remuneration Outcomes for FY19 

Details of the remuneration of the Executive KMP of the Group are set out in Table 13: 

Table 13:

2019

Short-term Benefits

Post-employment

Share based

Name

Executive Director
A M Heraghty(2) (8)
P A Birtles(3)
Other Executive 
KMP
A Brandon(4)
D J Burns(8)
C D Wilesmith(5) (8)
G S Williams(6)
E A Berchtold(7)

Cash
salary 
and fees
$

Cash
bonus
$

Non-
monetary
benefits
$

Annual 
leave
$

Super-
annuation
$

Termination 
benefits
$

Performance 
Rights 
$

Other  
long term 
benefits(1)
$

Total

$

838,014
790,582

317,400
-

25,916
2,380

32,303
41,079

20,531
15,399

-
132,952

336,949
(339,972)

6,971
17,366

1,578,084
659,786

54,825
654,468
651,469
167,254
203,841

15,454
249,375
276,000
136,986
-

2,952
-
48,000 
-
- 

7
(2,779)
40,905
14,215
30,956

3,550
20,531
20,531
5,133
15,231

-
-
445,469
-
188,160

-
37,228
45,525
-
(248,965)

61,764
8,245
13,228
270
6,999

138,552
967,068
1,541,127
323,858
196,222

Total

3,360,453

995,215

79,248 156,686

100,906

766,581

(169,235)

114,843

5,404,697

2018

Short-term Benefits

Post-employment

Share based

Cash
salary 
and fees
$

Cash
bonus
$

Non-
monetary
benefits
$

Annual 
leave
$

Super-
annuation
$

Termination 
benefits
$

Performance 
Rights 
$

Other  
long term 
benefits(1)
$

Total

$

Name

Executive Director
P A Birtles
Other Executive 
KMP
D J Burns(9)
E A Berchtold(9)
A M Heraghty(9)
C D Wilesmith(9)

1,230,911

-

3,640

(15,277)

20,049

637,851
629,072
738,343
631,951

168,750
195,750
254,100
222,750

-
4,154 
11,608
48,000 

(2,712)
(30,293)
40,629
(19,888)

20,049
20,049
20,049
20,049

-

-
-
-
-

-

241,391

23,066

1,503,780

65,598
76,400
83,716
76,043

6,789
8,553
3,058
12,870

896,325
903,685
1,151,503
991,775

543,148

54,336

5,447,068

Total

3,868,128

841,350

67,402 (27,541)

100,245

(1)  Includes accruals for long service leave entitlements and accrued long term retention bonus for A Brandon of $61,764 in 2019.
(2)  A M Heraghty was Managing Director of Outdoor from 1 July 2018 to 19 February 2019 and commenced as Managing Director and 

Chief Executive Officer from 20 February 2019.

(3)  P A Birtles retired as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer on 19 February 2019.
(4)  A Brandon commenced as a KMP effective 1 May 2019.
(5)  C D Wilesmith resignation effective 9 August 2019. Termination benefits are accrued obligations as at 29 June 2019.
(6)  G S Williams commenced on 2 April 2019. Included in Cash bonus is an accrued sign on bonus for G S Williams of $136,986 in 2019.
(7)  E A Berchtold resigned 11 January 2019.
(8)  Cash bonus for FY19 is reflective of a 25% reduction to recognise the impact of the underpayment of retail managers.
(9)  Cash bonus for FY18 is reflective of a 25% reduction to recognise the impact of the underpayment of store Set Up team members.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201958

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

PERFORMANCE RIGHTS OVER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS OF SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED

The movement during the reporting period in the number of performance rights over ordinary shares in the 
Company held directly or indirectly or beneficially by each Executive KMP, including their related parties is as 
per Table 14. Adjustments relating to the impact of the underpayment of store Set Up team members and retail 
managers occurred subsequent to 29 June 2019 and are therefore not reflected in Table 14 below. 

Table 14:

Held at 

1 July 2018 Granted(1)

Vested

Lapsed  
or Forfeited

Other 
Changes(2)

Value of 
Performance 
Rights 
granted in 
year(3)

Held at 
29 June 
2019

Financial year in 
which grant vests

2019

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

$

Year

A M Heraghty
2016
2017(4)
2018
2019

A Brandon 
2019

D J Burns
2016
2017(4)
2018
2019

C D Wilesmith
2016
2017(4)
2018
2019

G S Williams
2019

P A Birtles
2016
2017(4)
2018
2019

E A Berchtold
2016
2017
2018

52,258
45,586
59,526
–

–
–
–
50,200

(14,684)
–
–
–

(22,889)
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

34,994
30,685
50,860
–

43,897
39,666
54,114
–

–
– 
–
44,006

(9,833)
–
–
–

–
–
–
46,940

(12,335)
–
–
–

(15,327)
–
–
–

(19,227)
–
–
–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

104,516
117,031
156,433
-

45,291
40,554
54,114

-
-
-
131,924

(29,369)
-
-
-

-
-
-

(12,727)
-
-

(45,778)
-
-
-

(19,837)
-
-

(29,369)
(117,031)
(156,433)
(131,924)

(12,727)
(40,554)
(54,114)

14,685
45,586
59,526
50,200

n/a
n/a
n/a
384,030

2019, 2020, 2021
2020, 2021, 2022
2021, 2022, 2023
2022, 2023, 2024

–

–

n/a

9,834
30,685
50,860
44,006

12,335 
39,666 
54,114
46,940

–

-
-
-
-

-
-
-

n/a
n/a
n/a
336,646

n/a
n/a
n/a
359,091

2019, 2020, 2021
2020, 2021, 2022
2021, 2022, 2023
2022, 2023, 2024

2019, 2020, 2021
2020, 2021, 2022
2021, 2022, 2023
2022, 2023, 2024

–

n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
1,009,219

2019, 2020, 2021
2020, 2021, 2022
2021, 2022, 2023
2022, 2023, 2024

n/a
n/a
n/a

2019, 2020, 2021
2020, 2021, 2022
2021, 2022, 2023

(1)  Performance Rights provided as remuneration to each of the Executive KMP of the Group during the financial year.
(2)  Ceased as Executive KMP therefore Performance Rights disclosed as being Executive KMP become nil.
(3)  The maximum possible total financial value in future years is dependent on the Group share price at exercise date, the minimum possible total value is nil.
(4)  These performance rights will partially vest with the announcement of the June 2019 financial results.
(5)  All vested Performance Rights are exercisable.

Treatment of departing Executive KMP

In July 2019, the Board made determinations under the Super Retail Employee Performance Rights Plan rules in 
relation to LTI awards held by Executive KMP who departed from the Group during the financial year. The impacts 
of these determinations are as follows:

To recognise the impact of the Set Up team members and retail managers underpayment (refer to Section 4) the following 
treatment was determined for Mr Birtles: 
• 
• 

2016 - remaining unvested Performance Rights will lapse; 
2017 - 50% of the grant will lapse, remaining Performance Rights will follow the adjusted vesting calculation  
(refer Table 5);
2018 - 50% of the grant will lapse, remaining Performance Rights will remain on foot (prorated for time served); and
2019 - lapse.   

• 
• 

In relation to Mr Wilesmith’s resignation:

• 
• 
• 
• 

2016 - remaining unvested Performance Rights will follow the adjusted vested calculation (refer Table 5); 
2017 - the Performance Rights will follow the adjusted vesting calculation (refer Table 5); 
2018 - the Performance Rights will remain on foot (prorated for time served); and
2019 - lapse.     

In relation to Ms Berchtold’s resignation; 

• 
• 

2016 - remaining unvested Performance Rights will follow the adjusted vested calculation (refer Table 5); 
2017 & 2018 - lapse. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

59

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The Performance Rights granted 
in the current reporting period 
were valued for the purpose of 
the financial statements using a 
fair value of $7.65 which is the 
share price at the date of issue. 
The Performance Rights are 
expensed over a five-year period 
in line with the vesting conditions 
of the Performance Rights; refer 

to Section 5 for details of these 
vesting conditions. Performance 
Rights are granted using a 
face value methodology. Plan 
participants may not enter into 
any transaction designed to 
remove the at-risk aspect of the 
Performance Rights before they 
vest. The value at exercise date for 
Performance Rights is the Group 

share price. There are no amounts 
unpaid on the shares issued as a 
result of the exercise of the options 
in the 2019 financial year.

OPTION OVER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS 
OF SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED

No Options were granted or vested 
during the financial year.

REMUNERATION EXPENSE OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Table 15:

Base Salary Package 

Short Term Incentive 

Long Term Incentive 

Total 

2014
$m

4.8

0.4

0.4

5.6

2015
$m

4.9

0.4

0.1

5.4

2016(1)
$m

2017(2)
$m

2018(3)
$m

5.4

0.8

0.5

6.7

5.1

2.1

1.1

8.3

5.2

0.8

0.5

6.5

2019(4)
$m

5.6

1.1

(0.2)

6.5

(1) 2016 is a 53-week reporting period compared to 52 weeks for the other five years and excludes “Other” remuneration.
(2) During 2017 the number of Executive KMP decreased from six to five which impacts year-on-year comparisons.
(3) The 2018 remuneration expense attributable to Executive KMP accounts for the impact of the underpayment of Set Up team members.
(4) The 2019 remuneration expense attributable to Executive KMP accounts for the impact of the underpayment of retail managers.

Since 2014 normalised earnings 
per share have increased by 40.3% 
and dividends per share have 
increased by 25.0%.

During the same period, total 
remuneration paid to Executive 

KMP has increased 16.1%. The 
amount of total remuneration is 
significantly impacted by the value 
of incentive payments which have 
varied over the years in line with 
Group performance. 

Total remuneration paid to KMP as 
a proportion of normalised profit 
before tax was 3.5% in 2014 and 
has decreased to 3.1% in 2019 
(refer to Table 1 and Table 15).

(A) EQUITY INSTRUMENTS HELD BY KMP

(i)  Shares provided on exercise of Performance Rights and Options

The table below lists the ordinary shares in the Company issued during the year as a result of the exercise of  
Performance Rights. There were no shares issued during the year ended 29 June 2019 on the exercise of Options.

Table 16:

Name(1)

Incentive Scheme(2)

Number of Ordinary Shares 
Issued on Exercise of Share 
Plans During the Year(3)

Market Value at Exercise 
Date(4)

A M Heraghty
A Brandon
D J Burns
C D Wilesmith
G S Williams 
P A Birtles
E A Berchtold

Total

Performance Rights
n/a
Performance Rights
Performance Rights
n/a
Performance Rights 
Performance Rights

14,684
n/a
9,833
12,335
n/a
29,369
12,727

78,948

139,645
n/a
93,512
117,306
n/a
279,299
121,034

750,796

(1)  G Williams and A Brandon were not employees of the Company at the time of the grant of performance rights detailed above  

and were therefore not eligible to participate in these incentive schemes. 

(2) Refer to Section 4(c) - Long-Term Incentives.
(3) The 2016 grants vesting due to hurdles being met.
(4) The value at exercise date for Performance Rights is determined using the Company share price.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201960

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

(ii)  Movement in shares

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The movement during the year in the number of ordinary shares in the Company held directly or indirectly or 
beneficially, by each Executive KMP, including their related parties is as per Table 17 below: 

Table 17:

2019

Held at
30 June 
2018

Exercise of 
performance 
rights

Purchases

In lieu of 
dividends(1)

Sales

Other  
changes

Non Executive Directors:
S A Pitkin
R A Rowe
D J Eilert
L K Inman
H L Mowlem
P D Everingham

Executive Director:
A M Heraghty

P A Birtles(2)

Other Executive KMP:
A Brandon
D J Burns
C D Wilesmith
G S Williams
E A Berchtold(3)

39,153
59,925,001
8,500
22,175
10,000
10,000

–

1,392,596

–
11,000
3,776
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

14,684

29,369

–
9,833
12,335
–
12,727

3,000
–
7,000
–
20,000
7,000

25,590

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
11,865
–
–
–
–

417

–

–
–
236
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

(1,421,965)(4)

–
–
(12,000)
–
–

–
–
–
–
(12,727)(4)

(1) Shareholders are eligible to receive dividends in cash or choose to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan.
(2) P A Birtles retired and ceased to be a KMP on 19 February 2019.
(3) E A Berchtold ceased to be a KMP on 11 January 2019.
(4) Ceased as KMP therefore KMP Shareholding becomes nil.

Held at 
29 June 
2019

42,153
59,936,866
15,500
22,175
30,000
17,000

40,691

–

–
20,833
4,347
–
–

(iii)  Unissued shares under Performance Rights and Options plans

Unissued ordinary shares of Super Retail Group Limited under the Performance Rights Plan at the date of this 
report are set out in the table below:

Table 18:

Grant date

Value per Performance Right  
at Grant Date

Number of  
Performance Rights

1 September 2012
1 September 2013
1 September 2014
1 September 2015
1 September 2016
1 September 2017
1 September 2018

Total

$7.95
$10.83
$6.03
$8.17
$7.99
$6.38
$7.65

–
–
–
136,707
453,535
633,916
592,684

1,816,842

(1) Performance Rights vest progressively three to five years after grant date and have no expiry date. Refer to Section 5 for details of these vesting conditions.
(2) Due to resignations and retirements of Executive KMP, the Board has exercised its discretion per the LTI plan with the Performance Rights and as such certain 

Performance Rights are due to lapse – refer to Table 14 for impacts on Executive KMP.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

61

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Plan participants may not enter 
into any transaction designed 
to remove the at risk aspect of 
Performance Rights. As at the 
date of this report there are no 
remaining unissued ordinary shares 
of Super Retail Group Limited 
under Option.

(B) LOANS TO KMP AND THEIR  
RELATED PARTIES

There are no loans to Executive 
KMP and their related parties as at 
29 June 2019 and no loans were 
made during the financial year.

(C) OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH KMP

No Executive KMP held positions in 
other companies that transacted 
with the Group in the reporting 
period.  Dividends paid to KMP 
as shareholders in the reporting 
period amounted to $30,133,125 
(2018: $28,538,241).  Other 

payments made to Director R A 
Rowe in the form of store lease 
payments during the reporting 
period amounted to $12,087,041 
(2018: $10,789,552).  Rent payable 
at year-end was nil (2018: nil). Rent 
on properties are deemed to be 
on an arms length basis. There 
were no other transactions with 
KMP during the reporting period.

(D) INSURANCE OF OFFICERS

During the financial year, the 
Group paid a premium of $545,000 
(2018: $202,880) to insure the 
Officers of the Group including 
Directors and Secretaries of the 
Company and its controlled 
entities, and the General 
Managers of each of the divisions 
of the Group.

The liabilities insured are legal costs 
that may be incurred in defending 
civil or criminal proceedings that 

may be brought against the 
Officers in their capacity as Officers 
of entities in the Group, and 
any other payments arising from 
liabilities incurred by the Officers in 
connection with such proceedings, 
other than where such liabilities 
arise out of conduct involving a 
wilful breach of duty by the Officers 
or the improper use by the Officers 
of their position or of information 
to gain advantage for themselves 
or someone else or to cause 
detriment to the Group. It is not 
possible to apportion the premium 
between amounts relating to the 
insurance against legal costs and 
those relating to other liabilities.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201962

Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

SECTION 9:  
Remuneration Governance 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

The Board’s role, as set out in 
the Board Charter, includes 
responsibility to approve and 
oversee the strategic direction 
of the Group, to appoint the 
MD and CEO and to oversee 
the governance, management 
and performance of the Group. 
The Board is supported through 
three standing Board Committees 

including the Human Resources 
and Remuneration Committee.

Each Committee has its own 
Charter setting out its role and 
responsibilities, composition, and 
how it will operate.

The Board established the 
following Committees: Audit and 
Risk Committee; Nomination 

Figure 2:

Committee; and Human Resources 
and Remuneration Committee. 
The Audit and Risk Committee will 
liaise with the Human resources 
and Remuneration Committee, as 
necessary, relating to risk, policies 
and framework relating to KMP 
remuneration. 

Board

Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee

Remuneration Advisors

The Board approves company 
wide remuneration strategy, 
policy and framework to ensure 
alignment with company’s 
business strategy and objectives.

The Board reviews and approves 
(as appropriate) the Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committee recommendations. 
The Board is responsible for 
evaluating the performance and 
determining the remuneration 
of the Group MD and CEO and 
senior management. 

The Board has delegated 
responsibility to the Human 
Resources and Remuneration 
Committee to review and make 
recommendations to the Board 
in relation to the overall human 
resources and remuneration 
practices of the Company. This 
includes, but is not limited to, 
supporting and advising the Board 
in relation to the Company’s 
human resources strategy 
including human resource policies; 
remuneration policies; health and 
safety; talent management; and 
otherwise assisting the Board to 
comply with legal and statutory 
requirements in respect of human 
resources and remuneration 
matters. 

The Committee operates 
independently of senior 
executives and engages directly 
with remuneration advisors. The 
requirements for external advisors’ 
services are assessed annually 
in the context of remuneration 
matters that the Committee 
requires to address. During 2019, 
external advice was received from 
Ernst & Young related to market 
remuneration benchmarking, 
market remuneration practices for 
remuneration structures, gender 
pay equity review, Group MD 
and CEO dividend arrangement 
advice, equity advice, and 
a review of the executive 
remuneration framework 
(including the STI Scheme and LTI 
Plan) and support for executive 
remuneration changes. No 
remuneration recommendations 
were provided. 

The Corporate Governance 
Statement (available on 
the Group’s website at 
www.superretailgroup.com.au) 
provides further information on 
the role of the Committee. The 
membership of the Committee is 
noted in Section 1 of the Directors’ 
report, as is the number of meetings 
and individual attendance during 
the period ended 29 June 2019.

GENDER PAY EQUITY

The Group is committed to 
remunerating all employees 

fairly and equitably. The Group 
will conduct annual gender pay 
equity reviews that are presented 
to the Committee. The last review 
conducted identified a small 
gender pay gap, at organisation-
wide level. This gap is being 
addressed at the Divisional level 
and organization level. In addition, 
the organisation is monitoring 
recruitment, performance 
and reward processes, and 
promotional data to ensure 
we deliver on our commitment 
to provide equitable, fair and 

consistent pay arrangements to 
team members.

The analysis shows that gender 
representation contributes 
to gender pay equity at the 
organisation level. While this  
is not necessarily a pay related 
issue it highlights that uneven 
participation at all levels does 
mean the continuing emphasis 
and focus on women in leadership 
across the Group is necessary. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
Remuneration  
Report (Audited) 

SERVICE AGREEMENTS

63

F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Remuneration and other terms of employment for ongoing Executive KMP are formalised in service agreements. 
Each of these agreements provide for the provision of performance related cash bonuses, other benefits 
and when eligible, participation in the Performance Rights Plans and Option Plans. Restraint provisions are 
detailed below.

All contracts with Executive KMP may be terminated early by either party as shown in Table 19:

Table 19:

Name

Term of 
Agreement

Agreement 
Commencement 
Date(1)

Review Term(2)

Termination  
payment

Commencement 
date with Super Retail 
Group

A M Heraghty

Ongoing

20 February 2019

Annual

12 months(3)

27 April 2015

A Brandon

D J Burns

Ongoing

31 March 2018

Annual

6 months(3)

31 March 2018

Ongoing

3 October 2018

Annual

6 months(3)

3 December 2012

C D Wilesmith

Ongoing

1 October 2018

Annual

6 months(3)

18 September 2007

G Williams

P Birtles

E Berchtold

Ongoing

1 April 2019

Annual

6 months(3)

Ongoing

1 December 2016

Annual

12 months(3)

1 April 2019

30 April 2001

Ongoing

15 May 2017

Annual

6 months(3)

5 November 2011

(1) Commencement date of service agreement.
(2) Reviewed annually by the Human Resource and Remuneration Committee.
(3) Payment of a termination benefit on early termination by the Company, other than for cause, equal to the base salary for the period detailed.

PERIOD OF RESTRAINT

Executive KMP have post-employment restraints within their service contracts. 

After cessation of employment for any reason, the employee must not compete with the Company’s relevant 
speciality retailing businesses (including direct or indirect involvement as a principal, agent, partner, employee, 
shareholder, unit holder, director, trustee, beneficiary, manager, contractor, adviser or financier), without first 
obtaining the consent of the Company in writing. These restraints range from periods of 12 months for Group MD 
and CEO to 3 – 12 months for other Executive KMP.

MINIMUM SECURITIES HOLDING POLICY

Commencing in 2015 financial year, the Board introduced a minimum shareholding requirement for Non-
Executive Directors valued at a minimum of 100% of one year’s pre-tax base fees. The Group MD and CEO to 
be 150% of one year’s pre-tax base salary; and for other Executive KMP to be 100% of one year’s pre-tax base 
salary. This is to be achieved by October 2020 or within five years from the commencement of employment. 
This requirement may be extended due to reduced vesting. This is to further align the interest of Non-Executive 
Directors and Executive KMP with those of shareholders (referenced in Tables 16 and 17).

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 201964

2018 – 2019

Financial  
Report 

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   2 9   J U N E   2 0 1 9

Super Retail Group Limited 
ABN: 81 108 676 204 
ASX Code: SUL

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     65 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS 
Revenue from continuing operations 

Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Expenses 

Cost of sales of goods 

Other expenses from ordinary activities 

  - selling and distribution 

  - marketing 

  - occupancy 

  - administration 

Net finance costs  

Share of net loss of associates and joint ventures 

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Profit for the period is attributable to: 

Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to: 

Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders 
of the Company: 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Notes 

5 

2019 
$m 

2,710.4 

2.8 

2,713.2 

2018 
$m 

2,570.4 

8.5 

2,578.9 

(1,488.2) 

(1,415.5) 

(347.8) 

(81.9) 

(215.5) 

(366.4) 

(21.3) 

(2.6) 

(332.3) 

(83.9) 

(213.0) 

(339.4) 

(17.7) 

(1.0) 

(2,523.7) 

(2,402.8) 

189.5 

(50.3) 

139.2 

139.3 

(0.1) 

139.2 

(6.3) 

2.7 

(3.6) 

135.6 

135.7 

(0.1) 

135.6 

70.6 

69.9 

176.1 

(48.8) 

127.3 

128.3 

(1.0) 

127.3 

6.2 

(0.9) 

5.3 

132.6 

133.6 

(1.0) 

132.6 

65.0 

64.5 

6 

6 

13 

18 

18 

16 

16 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
As at 29 June 2019 

2019 

Notes 

$m 

2018 
Restated* 
$m 

2017 
Restated* 
$m 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Current tax asset 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Other financial assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Current tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

Retained earnings 

7 

8 

13 

15 

9 

10 

23(b) 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

11 

12 

13 

14 

17 

18 

18 

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

TOTAL EQUITY 

*Refer note 3(b) for details regarding the restatement as a result of a prior period error. 

7.5 

37.6 

560.2 

1.9 

2.8 

15.2 

23.8 

545.5 

- 

6.8 

19.9 

42.6 

481.5 

- 

- 

610.0 

591.3 

544.0 

267.9 

894.2 

6.9 

1,169.0 

1,779.0 

270.4 

891.6 

9.3 

1,171.3 

1,762.6 

264.5 

750.1 

- 

1,014.6 

1,558.6 

362.7 

342.3 

253.7 

3.4 

- 

107.3 

6.2 

479.6 

49.5 

390.8 

23.4 

19.7 

483.4 

963.0 

3.0 

9.6 

105.0 

1.5 

461.4 

49.1 

435.1 

20.1 

21.7 

526.0 

987.4 

2.6 

1.5 

96.3 

3.1 

357.2 

44.2 

398.0 

7.1 

21.5 

470.8 

828.0 

816.0 

775.2 

730.6 

542.3 

8.2 

265.9 

816.4 

(0.4) 

816.0 

542.3 

10.3 

223.3 

775.9 

(0.7) 

775.2 

542.3 

3.5 

186.7 

732.5 

(1.9) 

730.6 

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     67 

Contributed  
Equity 

Reserves  Retained 
Earnings 
Restated* 

Notes 

$m 

$m 

$m 

Total 

Restated* 
$m 

542.3 

- 

3.5 

- 

210.7 

(24.0) 

756.5 

(24.0) 

Non-
Controlling 
Interests 

$m 

(1.9) 

- 

Total 
Equity 
Restated* 
$m 

754.6 

(24.0) 

542.3 

3.5 

186.7 

732.5 

(1.9) 

730.6 

Balance at 1 July 2017 

Correction of prior period error (net of tax) 

Restated total equity at the beginning of the 
financial period 

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Dividends provided for or paid 

Employee performance rights 

Transactions with non-controlling interests 

21 

18 

23(b) 

Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

23(a) 

Balance at 30 June 2018 

542.3 

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Dividends provided for or paid 

Employee performance rights 

21 

18 

Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

23(a) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Balance at 29 June 2019 

542.3 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5.3 

5.3 

128.3 

- 

128.3 

128.3 

5.3 

133.6 

(91.7) 

(91.7) 

- 

1.1 

0.6 

(0.2) 

1.5 

10.3 

- 

- 

- 

(91.7) 

223.3 

- 

139.3 

(3.6) 

(3.6) 

- 

139.3 

1.1 

0.6 

(0.2) 

(90.2) 

775.9 

139.3 

(3.6) 

135.7 

- 

1.3 

0.2 

1.5 

8.2 

(96.7) 

(96.7) 

- 

- 

(96.7) 

265.9 

1.3 

0.2 

(95.2) 

816.4 

(1.0) 

- 

(1.0) 

- 

- 

2.0 

0.2 

2.2 

(0.7) 

(0.1) 

- 

(0.1) 

- 

- 

0.4 

0.4 

(0.4) 

127.3 

5.3 

132.6 

(91.7) 

1.1 

2.6 

- 

(88.0) 

775.2 

139.2 

(3.6) 

135.6 

(96.7) 

1.3 

0.6 

(94.8) 

816.0 

*Refer note 3(b) for details regarding the restatement as a result of a prior period error. 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax) 

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax) 

2,995.8 

(2,438.0) 

2,850.1 

(2,268.6) 

Notes 

2019 

$m 

2018 

$m 

Rental payments 

  - external 

  - related parties 

Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

19 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Payments for property, plant and equipment and computer software 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Payments for acquisitions of investments in associates/joint ventures 

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired 

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Finance lease payments 

Borrowing costs paid 

Interest paid 

Interest received 

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 

23(b) 

23(a) 

21 

(250.6) 

(12.1) 

(54.2) 

240.9 

(89.8) 

- 

(0.7) 

- 

(90.5) 

946.0 

(986.0) 

(3.3) 

(2.4) 

(16.0) 

- 

(96.7) 

(158.4) 

(8.0) 

15.2 

0.3 

7.5 

(218.5) 

(10.8) 

(43.8) 

308.4 

(107.1) 

- 

(0.3) 

(133.8) 

(241.2) 

994.5 

(955.5) 

(2.7) 

(0.3) 

(16.2) 

0.1 

(91.7) 

(71.8) 

(4.6) 

19.9 

(0.1) 

15.2 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     69 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Reporting entity 
Summary of significant accounting policies 
Critical accounting estimates, judgements and errors 

Segment information 
Revenue and other income from continuing operations 
Expenses from continuing operations 

Basis of Preparation 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Group Performance 
4. 
5. 
6. 
Assets and Liabilities 
Trade and other receivables 
7. 
Inventories 
8. 
Property, plant and equipment 
9. 
Intangible assets 
10. 
Trade and other payables 
11. 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
12. 
Income taxes 
13. 
Provisions 
14. 
15. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities 
Capital Structure, Financing and Risk Management 
Earnings per share 
16. 
17.  Contributed equity 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21.  Capital management 
Group Structure 
22. 
23. 
24.  Deed of cross guarantee 
25. 
26. 
Other 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30.  Contingencies 
31.  Commitments 
32.  Net tangible asset backing 
33. 

Key management personnel disclosures 
Share-based payments 
Remuneration of auditors 

Parent entity financial information 
Investments in controlled entities 

Related party transactions 
Business combinations 

Events occurring after balance date 

Reserves and retained earnings 
Reconciliation of profit from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities 
Financial risk management 

  70 
 70 
 70 
 74 
 75 
 75 
 77 
 78 
 79 
 79 
 80 
 80 
 82 
 85 
 85 
 86 
 91 
 93 
96 
96 
97 
    98 
    99 
  100 
  106 
  107 
  107 
  108 
  110 
  112 
  113 
  114 
  114 
  114 
  115 
  116 
  116 
  117 
  117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

1. 

Reporting entity 

Super Retail Group Limited (the Company) is a company domiciled in Australia.  The address of the Company’s registered office 
and principal place of business is 751 Gympie Road, Lawnton, Queensland. 

The consolidated annual financial report of the Company as at and for the period ended 29 June 2019 comprises: the Company 
and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group, and individually as Group entities). 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry.  Principal activities of the Group consist of: 
• 
• 
• 

retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
retailing of sporting equipment and apparel. 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies 

This section sets out the principal accounting policies upon which the Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared as a 
whole.  Specific accounting policies are described in their respective Notes to the consolidated financial statements.  These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(a) 

Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance 
This  general  purpose  financial  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance with  Australian  Accounting  Standards,  other  authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, Urgent Issues Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  of  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.   

Basis of measurement 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise stated. 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by Super Retail Group Limited (the 
Company or parent entity) as at 29 June 2019 and the results of its controlled entities for the period then ended.  The effects of all 
transactions between entities in the consolidated entity are fully eliminated.   

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

(i) 
Intra-group  balances  and  transactions,  and  any  unrealised  income  and  expenses  arising  from  intra-group  transactions,  are 
eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, 
but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment. 

Subsidiaries 

(ii) 
Subsidiaries  are all entities  (including  structured entities)  over which  the  Group  has  control.   The  Group  controls an entity when  the 
Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns 
through its power to direct the activities of the entity.  Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred 
to the Group.  These are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 

Intercompany  transactions,  balances  and  unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  Group companies  are  eliminated.    Unrealised 
losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset.  Accounting policies of 
subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

Non-controlling  interests  in  the  results  and  equity  of  subsidiaries  are  shown  separately  in  the  consolidated  income  statement, 
statement of comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement of changes in equity respectively. 

Business combinations 

(iii) 
The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  used  to  account  for  all  business  combinations  (refer  note  23  -  Business  combinations), 
regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary 
comprises  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  transferred,  the  liabilities  incurred  and  the  equity  interests  issued  by  the  Group.    The 
consideration  transferred  also  includes  the  fair  value  of  any  contingent  consideration  arrangement  and  the  fair  value  of  any  pre-
existing equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.  Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values as at 
the acquisition date.  On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either 
at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets. 

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair 
value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is 
recorded as goodwill.  If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the 
measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     71 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation (continued) 

Business combinations (continued) 

(iii) 
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present 
value  as  at  the  date  of  exchange.    The  discount  rate  used  is  the  entity’s  incremental  borrowing  rate,  being  the  rate  at  which  a 
similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. 

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.    Amounts  classified  as  a  financial  liability  are 
subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.  

Investments in associates and joint ventures 

(iv) 
Associates and joint ventures are entities over which the Group has significant influence or joint control but not control.  They are 
accounted for using the equity method (see (v) below), after initially being recognised at cost in the consolidated balance sheet. 

Equity method 

(v) 
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the 
Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements in other 
comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income.  Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint 
ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. 

When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other 
unsecured long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments 
on behalf of the other entity. 

Unrealised  gains  on  transactions  between  the  Group  and  its  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  eliminated  to  the  extent  of  the 
Group’s interest in these entities.  Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of 
the  asset  transferred.    Accounting  policies  of  equity  accounted  investees  have  been  changed  where  necessary  to  ensure 
consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity owners of 
the  Group.    A  change  in  ownership  interest  results  in  an  adjustment  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  controlling  and  non-
controlling interests to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary.  Any difference between the amount of the adjustment to non-
controlling  interests  and  any  consideration  paid  or  received  is  recognised  in  a  separate  reserve  within  equity  attributable  to  the 
owners of Super Retail Group Limited.  

Comparatives 

(vi) 
Where  applicable,  various  comparative  balances  have  been  reclassified  to  align  with  current  period  presentation.    These 
amendments have no material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

(c) 

Foreign currency translation 

Functional and presentation currency 

(i) 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (‘the  functional  currency’).    The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in 
Australian dollars, which is Super Retail Group Limited’s functional and presentation currency. 

Transactions and balances 

(ii) 
Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated into  the  functional  currency  using  the  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  dates  of  the 
transactions.  Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-
end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement, 
except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges. 

Translation differences on non-monetary items such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of the fair 
value gain or loss.  Translation differences on non-monetary items, such as equities classified as available-for-sale financial assets, are 
included in the fair value reserve in equity. 

Group companies 

(iii) 
The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have 
a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 

•  assets  and  liabilities  for  each  statement  of  financial  position  presented  are  translated  at  the  closing  rate  at  the  date  of  that 

• 

statement of financial position; 
income  and  expenses  for  each  income  statement  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  (unless  this  is  not  a  reasonable 
approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are 
translated at the dates of the transactions); and  

•  all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

2. 

(d) 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Goods and Services Tax 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax, except where the amount of goods 
and services tax incurred is not recoverable.  In these circumstances the goods and services tax is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition  of  the  asset  or  as  part  of  the  item  of  expense.  Receivables  and  payables  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial 
position are shown inclusive of goods and services tax. 

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis.  The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow. 

(e) 

Rounding of amounts 

The  economic  entity  is  of  a  kind  referred  to  in  ASIC  Corporations  (Rounding  in  Financial/Directors’  Reports)  Instrument  2016/191, 
issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission,  relating  to  the  ‘rounding  off’  of  amounts  in  the  financial  report.  
Amounts in the financial report have been rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest hundred thousand dollars. 

(f) 

Financial year 

As  allowed  under  Section  323D(2)  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001,  the  Directors  have  determined  the  financial  year  to  be  a  fixed 
period  of  52  calendar  or  53  calendar weeks.    For  the  period  to  29  June  2019,  the  Group is  reporting  on  the  52 week period  that 
began  1  July  2018  and  ended  29  June  2019.    For  the  period  to  30  June  2018,  the  Group  is  reporting  on  the  52 week  period  that 
began 2 July 2017 and ended 30 June 2018. 

(g) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 

The following new accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards became applicable in the current reporting 
period: 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments 
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments Treatments 

AASB  9  replaces  the  multiple  classification  and  measurement  models  in  AASB  139  Financial  instruments:  Recognition  and 
measurement with a single model that has initially only two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value.  

Classification of debt assets will be driven by the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash 
flow characteristics of the financial assets. A debt instrument is measured at amortised cost if: a) the objective of the business model 
is to hold the financial asset for the collection of the contractual cash flows, and b) the contractual cash flows under the instrument 
solely represent payments of principal and interest.  

All  other  debt  and  equity  instruments,  including  investments  in  complex  debt  instruments  and  equity  investments,  must  be 
recognised at fair value.  

All fair value movements on financial assets are taken through the statement of profit or loss, except for equity investments that are 
not held for trading, which may be recorded in the statement of profit or loss or in reserves (without subsequent recycling to profit or 
loss).  

For financial liabilities that are measured under the fair value option entities will need to recognise the part of the fair value change 
that is due to changes in the their own credit risk in other comprehensive income rather than profit or loss.  

The hedge accounting rules align hedge accounting more closely with common risk management practices. As a general rule, it 
will be easier to apply hedge accounting going forward. However as permitted by AASB 9, the Group continues to apply hedge 
accounting under AASB 139 instead of the requirements of the new standard.  

Also introduced was a new impairment model with the introduction of: 

•  a third measurement category (FVOCI) for certain financial assets that are debt instruments  

•  a  new  expected  credit  loss  (ECL)  model  which  involves  a  three-stage  approach  whereby  financial  assets  move  through  the 
three  stages  as  their  credit  quality  changes.  The  stage  dictates  how  an  entity  measures  impairment  losses  and  applies  the 
effective interest  rate  method.  A  simplified  approach is  permitted  for  financial assets  that  do  not  have a  significant  financing 
component (eg trade receivables). On initial recognition, entities will record a day-1 loss equal to the 12 month ECL (or lifetime 
ECL for trade receivables), unless the assets are considered credit impaired.  

There are no significant impacts on the Group’s consolidated financial statements resulting from the application of AASB 9. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     73 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

2. 

(g) 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (continued) 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

The standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of a good or service transfers to a customer – so the 
notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.  

A new five-step process must be applied before revenue can be recognised: 

• 
identify contracts with customers  
• 
identify the separate performance obligation  
•  determine the transaction price of the contract  
•  allocate the transaction price to each of the separate performance obligations, and  
• 

recognise the revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied. 

There are no significant impacts on the Group’s consolidated financial statements resulting from the application of AASB 15. 

(h) 

Impact of standards issued but not yet applied by the Group 

AASB 16 Leases – effective 30 June 2019 

AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) is applicable to the Group for the period commencing 30 June 2019 and replaces the current standard 
AASB 117 Leases.  AASB 16 requires lessees to recognise most leases on balance sheet as lease liabilities, with corresponding right-of-
use (ROU) assets.   

As a result of adoption of AASB 16, the nature of expenses relating to leases will change.  Operating lease expenses are currently 
recognised  on  a  straight-line  basis.    However,  under  AASB  16  the  Group  will  recognise  depreciation  expense  for  ROU  assets  and 
interest expense for lease liabilities.  There will also be an impact to both the operating and financing activities for cash flows where 
cash  paid  for  operating leases will be  split between  principal  and interest  repayments  as  a financing  activity instead  of as  rental 
payments in operating cash flows. 

The  Group  expects  to  adopt  AASB  16  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach  with  election  of  the  option  to  retrospectively 
measure the ROU assets using the transition discount rate.  Furthermore, the Group plans to elect the following transition practical 
expedients: 
• 

To retain the classification of existing contracts as leases instead of reassessing whether existing contracts are or contain a lease 
at the date of initial application; 
Lessee  arrangements  with  a  short  remaining  term  from  date  of  initial  application  or  leases  assessed  as  low  value  will  be 
disregarded; 

• 

•  Discount rates applied to a portfolio of leases with similar characteristics; and 
•  Use of hindsight with regards to determination of the lease term. 

Under  this  approach  the  cumulative  effect  of  adoption  will  be  recognised  as  an  adjustment  to  opening  retaining  earnings  at  30 
June 2019, with no restatement of comparative information. 

The Group has materially completed the impact assessment of adopting AASB 16.  The impact on the Consolidated Balance sheet 
as at 30 June 2019 is expected to be as follows: 
•  An increase of between $900 million to $950 million to lease liabilities; 
•  An increase of between $800 million to $850 million to ROU assets; and 
•  A resulting adjustment to retained earnings of between $50 million to $150 million. 

The financial impact on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year of adoption is estimated as follows: 
•  A decrease in operating lease rentals of between $210 million to $220 million 
•  An increase in depreciation expense of between $150 million and $175 million; and 
•  An increase in interest expense of between $25m to $35 million. 

There  will  be  a  nil  net  effect  to  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Cashflows  as  a  result  of  adopting  AASB  16,  as  operating  lease 
payments  will  continue  to  be  paid  as  previously,  however  the  cash  outflow  will  be  reclassified  to  financing  activities  rather  than 
operating activities. 

The estimated financial impacts above could be different to actuals due to changes in lease portfolio, incremental borrowing rate 
used and foreign currency fluctuations. 

As  at  the  reporting  date,  the  Group  has  non-cancellable  operating  lease  commitments  of  $957.2  million  (refer  note  31  - 
Commitments). 

Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments – effective 1 July 2020 

The  interpretation  explains  how  to  recognise  and  measure  deferred  and  current  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  where  there  is 
uncertainty over a tax treatment. In particular, it discusses: 
•  how to determine the appropriate unit of account, and that each uncertain tax treatment should be considered separately or 

together as a Group, depending on which approach better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

2. 

(h) 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Impact of standards issued but not yet applied by the Group (continued) 

that the Group should assume a tax authority will examine the uncertain tax treatments and have full knowledge of all related 
information, ie that detection risk should be ignored  
that  the  Group  should  reflect  the  effect  of  the  uncertainty  in  its  income  tax  accounting  when  it  is  not  probable  that  the  tax 
authorities will accept the treatment  
that  the  impact  of  the  uncertainty  should  be  measured  using  either  the  most  likely  amount  or  the  expected  value  method, 
depending on which method best predicts the resolution of the uncertainty, and  
that  the  judgements  and  estimates  made  must  be  reassessed  whenever  circumstances  have  changed  or  there  is  new 
information that affects the judgements.  

While  there  are  no  new  disclosure  requirements,  there  is  a  reminder  of  the  general  requirement  to  provide  information  about 
judgements and estimates made in preparing the financial statements.  

3. 

Critical accounting estimates,  judgements and errors 

Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  and  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors,  including 
expectations  of  future events  that  may  have a  financial impact  on  the entity and  that  are  believed  to be  reasonable under  the 
circumstances. 

(a) 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future.  The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results.  The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  within  the  next  financial  year  are  included  in  the  following  Notes  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements:  
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Note 8 – Inventories; 
Note 9 – Property, plant and equipment; 
Note 10 – Intangible assets; 
Note 14 – Provisions; 
Note 23 – Business combinations. 

(b) 

Correction of prior period error 

During the reporting period, the Group completed a comprehensive review of employment arrangements across the business.  This 
review identified an underpayment of overtime and some allowances to retail managers.  This underpayment is in addition to the 
discovery  of  a  related  underpayment  of  overtime  and  allowances  for  team  members  involved  in  store  set-up  activities  identified 
and recognised in the previous financial year.   

An estimate has been completed for the period between financial years 2013 to 2018.  The annual amounts were not material to 
profit for any of the individual years to which they related.  A total of $24.0 million after tax is included in the restatement of retained 
earnings  as  required  by  AASB  108  Accounting  Policies,  Changes  in  Accounting  Estimates  and  Errors.    In  addition,  the  Group  has 
recognised  net  $8.9  million  before  tax  ($6.2  million  after  tax)  as  an  expense  in  2019  relating  to  revision  of  wages  underpayment 
estimates and associated remediation costs - refer note 4 (b).  The estimate has been revised based on the ongoing remediation 
considerations and additional data. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements have been made in the calculations as to the number of overtime hours, allowance 
payments and the valuation based on assumed work patterns.  Any revisions of the estimates will be recognised in the period the 
revisions are identified. 

The error has been corrected by restating each of the affected financial statement line items for the prior periods as follows: 

Balance sheet 
(extract) 

As previously 
stated 
30 June 2018 
$m 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
30 June 2018 
$m 

Provisions – current 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Net assets 

Retained earnings 

Total equity 

71.0 
30.1 

799.2 

247.3 

799.2 

34.0 
(10.0) 

(24.0) 

(24.0) 

(24.0) 

Restated 
30 June 2018 

$m 

105.0 
20.1 

775.2 

223.3 

775.2 

As previously 
stated 
2 July 2017 
$m 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
2 July 2017 
$m 

62.3 
17.1 

754.6 

210.7 

754.6 

34.0 
(10.0) 

(24.0) 

(24.0) 

(24.0) 

Restated 
2 July 2017 

$m 

96.3 
7.1 

730.6 

186.7 

730.6 

There was no profit and loss impact for the year ended 30 June 2018, and no impact on basic or diluted earnings per share. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     75 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

4. 

(a) 

Segment information 

Description of segments 

Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer that are used to make strategic decisions.  

During  the  period  the  operating  segments  changed  due  to  how  the  operations  are  currently  reviewed.    The  previous  Outdoor 
segment has been split into two segments being BCF and Macpac.  The Macpac segment incorporates the previous Rays business 
which was fully transitioned to Macpac during the period. 

No  operating  segments  have  been  aggregated  to  form  the  below  reportable  operating  segments.  This  results  in  the  following 
business segments: 

Super Cheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
Rebel: retailing of sporting equipment and apparel; 
BCF: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

(b) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Detailed below is the information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer for reportable segments. 
Items not included in Normalised Net Profit After Tax (Normalised NPAT) are one-off charges relating to business restructuring, equity 
accounted non-core businesses, divestments and prior year wages underpayment and remediation costs. 

Other items not included in total segment NPAT are determined by management based on their nature and size.  They are items of 
income or expense which are, either individually or in aggregate, material to the Group or to the relevant business segment but are 
not  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  (for  example  reorganisations),  or  are  part  of  the  ordinary  activities  of  the  business  but  are 
unusual due to their size and nature (for example professional fees in relation to remediation activities). 

For the period ended 29 June 2019 

SCA 
$m 

Rebel 
$m 

BCF 
$m 

Macpac 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

1,016.4 
- 
1.5 

1,017.9 
122.6 

(28.8) 
93.8 

514.6 
- 
0.2 

514.8 
40.2 

(19.4) 
20.8 

138.8 
- 
0.1 

138.9 
15.6 

(2.6) 
13.0 

2,710.4 
- 
1.9 

2,712.3 
334.5 

(86.3) 
248.2 

- 
- 
0.9 

0.9 
(19.8) 

(0.3) 
(20.1) 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue(1) 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other 
income 
Segment EBITDA(2) 

1,040.6 
- 
0.1 

1,040.7 
156.1 

(35.5) 
120.6 

Segment depreciation and amortisation 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT 
Segment income tax expense(3) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(4) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
     Non-controlling interests 

Profit for the period  

2,710.4 
- 
2.8 

2,713.2 
314.7 

(86.6) 
228.1 
(21.3) 
206.8 
(54.3) 
152.5 
(13.2) 

139.3 
(0.1) 

139.2 

(1) Includes non-controlling interest (NCI) revenue of $1.3 million. 
(2) Adjusted for $8.9 million of prior year store wages underpayment and remediation costs, $4.4 million of net business restructuring costs including gains 
of $1.7 million due to the release of previous restructuring provisions, $2.2 million of equity accounted losses, losses on divestment/investments of $1.7 
million and NCI operating result of $0.1 million. 

(3) Segment income tax expense of $54.3 million excludes $4.0 million relating to the tax effect of prior year store wages underpayment and remediation 

costs and business restructuring costs. 

(4) Includes $8.9 million related to the revision of wages underpayment estimates and associated remediation costs, $4.4 million of net business 

restructuring costs including gains of $1.7 million due to the release of previous restructuring provisions, $2.2 million of equity accounted losses and 
losses on divestment/investments of $1.7 million.  Total related income tax impact of $4.0 million. 

Other items not included in total segment NPAT – 2019 
Prior Year Store Wages Underpayment and Remediation Costs 
The  Group  has  recognised  net  $8.9  million  before  tax  ($6.2  million  after  tax)  as  an  expense  in  2019  relating  to  revision  of  wages 
underpayment estimates and associated remediation costs – refer note 3 (b). 
Business Restructuring Costs 
During  the  reporting  period  there  was  both  organisational  restructure  and  a  review  of  current  and  prior  restructuring  provision 
requirements.  Net costs of $4.4 million before tax ($3.1 million after tax) were recognised which will result in an on-going lower cost 
base for these expenses.  Included in the $4.4 million is $1.7 million before tax ($1.2 million after tax) of restructure costs recognised in 
previous years that were released. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

4. 

(b) 

Segment information (continued) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (continued) 

Equity Accounted Losses 
During  the  2018  financial  year,  the  Group  ceased  to  control  Autoguru  and  now  accounts  for  its  share  in  this  associate  using  the 
equity method.    Equity  accounted losses  relating  to  Autoguru  amount  to  $2.2  million  during  the period  and have been excluded 
from normalised NPAT.  

Losses on Divestment/Investments 
During the period the Group sold its shares in Youcamp – refer note 23 (a).  The net loss on divestment was $0.6 million (nil tax).  In 
addition a review of the investment value in Autocrew has resulted in a net loss of $1.1 million being excluded from normalised NPAT.  

For the period ended 30 June 2018 

SCA 
$m 

Rebel 
$m 

BCF 
$m 

Macpac 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

1,007.0 
148.2 

1,006.4 
- 
0.6 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue(1) 
Inter segment sales 
Other income(2) 
Total segment revenue and other 
income 
Segment EBITDA(3) 
Segment depreciation and 
amortisation(4) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT 
Segment income tax expense(5) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(6) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
     Non-controlling interests 

(31.8)
116.4 

979.2 
- 
0.7 

979.9 
115.7 

(24.2)
91.5 

498.3 
- 
0.2 

498.5 
44.2 

(16.9) 
27.3 

81.5 
- 
- 

81.5 
3.7 

(1.4) 
2.3 

2,565.4 
- 
1.5 

2,566.9 
311.8 

(74.3)
237.5 

5.7 
(0.7)
0.1 

5.1 
(17.7)

(0.2)
(17.9)

2,571.1 
(0.7)
1.6 

2,572.0 
294.1 

(74.5)
219.6 
(17.7)
201.9 
(56.6)
145.3 
(17.0)

128.3 
(1.0)

Profit for the period  
(1) Includes non-controlling interest (NCI) revenue of $1.6 million. 
(2) Excludes gain on divestment of controlled entities $6.9 million. 
(3) Adjusted for NCI operating result of $1.0 million, $16.9 million of business restructuring costs, $4.0 million of acquisition costs, $8.6 million of prior year 

127.3 

store set-up costs and net gain on divestment of $4.7 million. 

(4) Adjusted for $5.2 million provision for asset depreciation and impairment relating to business restructuring costs. 
(5) Segment income tax expense of $56.6 million excludes $7.8 million relating to the tax effect of prior year store set-up costs and business restructuring 

costs. 

(6) Includes $24.8 million of costs consisting of business restructuring costs $16.9 million, acquisition costs $4.0 million, prior year store set-up costs $8.6 

million and net gain on divestment of $4.7 million and the related income tax effect of $7.8 million. 

Other items not included in total segment NPAT - 2018 
Rebel 
During the 2018 reporting period the Group completed the program of converting all Amart Sports stores to Rebel in line with the 
strategy to sustain the Group’s position as the market leader in sports retailing.  In June 2017 the Group recognised $34.0 million of 
after tax restructuring costs associated with the rebranding.  A further $2.7 million of after tax costs have been incurred during the 
current reporting period consistent with the announcement made to the market on 25 July 2017. 
Macpac 
During the 2018 reporting period the Group acquired the Macpac group of companies as announced to the market on 20 February 
2018.  Following the acquisition of Macpac, the Group has completed the trial of the Rays business and will integrate its profitable 
stores into the Macpac business in the fourth quarter of the 2019 financial year.  Costs associated with the business restructuring and 
integration  incurred  during  the  current  reporting  period  total  $13.0  million  before  tax  ($9.1  million  after  tax),  consistent  with  that 
announced to the market.  Transaction costs to complete the acquisition of Macpac total $4.0 million before tax ($3.9 million after 
tax). 
Gain on divestment – Autoguru 
During  the  2018  reporting  period  the  Group’s  investment  in  Autoguru  decreased  to  49.5%  -  refer  note  23  (b).    The  net  gain  on 
divestment partially offset by associated trading losses was $4.7 million before tax (nil tax) and has been excluded from normalised 
NPAT. 
Prior year store set-up costs 
The  Group  has  identified  that  team  members  involved  in  store  set-up  activities  should  have  received  additional  amounts  to  the 
amounts  paid.   A  remediation  program  is  underway  and will  be  completed  in  2019.    The  amount  relating  to  prior  periods  of  $8.6 
million, ($6.0 million after tax) is not included in normalised NPAT. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     77 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

4. 

Segment information (continued) 

(c) 

Other information 

Revenue is attributable to the country where the sale of goods has transacted.  The consolidated entity’s divisions are operated in 
two main geographical areas with the following areas of operation: 

Australia (the home country of the parent entity) 
Super Cheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
Rebel: retailing of sporting equipment and apparel; 
BCF: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

New Zealand 
Super Cheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; and 
Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

Total revenue and other income from continuing operations 

(i) 
Australia 

New Zealand 

Total non-current assets 

(ii) 
Australia 

New Zealand 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 

$m 

2,528.9 

184.3 

2,713.2 

1,023.3 

145.7 

1,169.0 

2018 

$m 

2,442.7 

136.2 

2,578.9 

1,093.1 

78.2 

1,171.3 

Segment reporting 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group Managing Director 
and Chief Executive Officer, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments.  
Unallocated items comprise mainly of corporate assets (primarily the Support Office, Support Office expenses, and income tax 
assets and liabilities). 

5. 

Revenue and other income from continuing operations 

Revenue from the sale of goods 

Other income 

Insurance claims 

Reversal of contingent consideration 

Gain on divestment 

Sundry 

Total revenues and other income 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 

$m 
2,710.4 

0.7 

1.1 

- 

1.0 

2018 

$m 
2,570.4 

0.5 

- 

6.9 

1.1 

2,713.2 

2,578.9 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when a group entity sells a product to the customer.  

Sale of goods – retail 
Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the customer purchases products and takes delivery in store. It is the 
Group’s policy to sell its products to the end customer with a right of return. Therefore, a refund liability (included in trade and 
other payables) and a right to the returned goods (included in other current assets) are recognised for the products expected 
to be returned. Accumulated experience is used to estimate such returns at the time of sale at a portfolio level (expected value 
method). Because the number of products returned has been steady for years, it is highly probable that a significant reversal in 
the  cumulative  revenue  recognised  will  not  occur.  The  validity  of  this  assumption  and  the  estimated  amount  of  returns  are 
reassessed at each reporting date.  

The group’s obligation to repair or replace faulty products under the standard warranty terms is recognised as a provision.  

Interest income 
Interest  income  is  recognised  using  the  effective  interest  method.    When  a  receivable  is  impaired,  the  Group  reduces  the 
carrying  amount  to its  recoverable amount,  being  the estimated  future  cash  flow  discounted at  the  original effective interest 
rate of the instrument.  Interest income on impaired loans is recognised using the original effective interest rate. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

6. 

Expenses from continuing operations 

Profit before income tax includes the following specific gains and expenses: 

Expenses 

Net loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Share of net loss from associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity 
method 

Depreciation 

Plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles 

Computer equipment 

Total depreciation 

Amortisation and impairment 

Computer software amortisation 

Plant and equipment impairment 

Total amortisation and impairment 

Net finance costs 

Interest and finance charges 

Interest revenue 

Net finance costs  

Employee benefits expense 

Superannuation 

Salaries and wages 

Total employee benefits expense 

Rental expense relating to operating leases 

Lease expenses 

Equipment hire 

Total rental expense relating to operating leases 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 

Net foreign exchange (gain)/ loss 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 
Refer to notes 9 and 10 for details on depreciation, amortisation and impairment. 

2019 

$m 

0.2 

2.6 

41.1 

0.1 

15.1 

56.3 

30.3 

- 

30.3 

21.3 

- 

21.3 

38.0 

502.2 

540.2 

232.8 

3.3 

236.1 

2018 

$m 

- 

1.0 

40.9 

0.1 

14.1 

55.1 

22.2 

2.4 

24.6 

17.8 

(0.1) 

17.7 

36.1 

474.7 

510.8 

229.2 

3.4 

232.6 

(3.4) 

2.4 

Finance costs 
Finance costs are recognised in the period in which these are incurred and are expensed in the period to which the costs relate.  
Generally costs such as discounts and premiums incurred in raising borrowings are amortised on an effective yield basis over the 
period of the borrowing.  Finance costs include: 
• 
•  amortisation of discounts or premiums relating to borrowings; 
•  amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings;  
• 
• 

interest on bank overdrafts and short-term and long-term borrowings; 

finance lease charges; and 
interest revenue. 

Employee benefits 
Refer to note 14 for details on employee provisions and superannuation. 

Leases 
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating 
leases.  Payments  made  under  operating  leases  (net  of  any  incentives  received  from  the  lessor)  are  charged  to  the  income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease term. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 
Refer to note 2 (c) for details on foreign exchange gains and losses. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     79 

7. 

Trade and other receivables 

Current 

Trade receivables 

Loss allowance 

Net trade receivables 

Other receivables 

Prepayments 

Net current trade and other receivables 

(a) 

Impaired trade receivables 

2019 

$m 

16.0 

(0.3) 

15.7 

14.2 

7.7 

37.6 

2018 

$m 

10.0 

(0.6) 

9.4 

7.7 

6.7 

23.8 

As at 29 June 2019 current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $0.3 million (2018: $0.6 million) were impaired and 
provided for. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to wholesalers with whom the Group no longer trade. 

(b) 

Past due but not impaired 

As at 29 June 2019, trade receivables of $3.5 million (2018: $2.4 million) were past due but not impaired.  These relate to a number of 
independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default.  The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows: 

30 to 60 days 

60 to 90 days 

90 days and over 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 

2018 

$m 

0.8 

0.3 

2.4 

3.5 

$m 

0.2 

0.7 

1.5 

2.4 

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They 
are  generally  due  for  settlement  within  30  days  and  therefore  are  all  classified  as  current.  Trade  receivables  are  recognised 
initially  at  the amount  of  consideration  that is  unconditional unless  they  contain  significant  financing  components, when  they 
are recognised at fair value. The group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and 
therefore  measures  them  subsequently  at  amortised  cost  using  the  effective  interest  method.  Details  about  the  group’s 
impairment policies and the calculation of the loss allowance are provided in note 15.  

The  group  applies  the  AASB  9  simplified  approach  to  measuring  expected  credit  losses  which  uses  a  lifetime  expected  loss 
allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets.  

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk 
characteristics and the days past due. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress and have substantially the same 
risk  characteristics  as  the  trade  receivables  for  the  same  types  of  contracts.  The  group  has  therefore  concluded  that  the 
expected loss rates for trade receivables are a reasonable approximation of the loss rates for the contract assets.  

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 24 months and the corresponding historical 
credit  losses  experienced  within  this  period.  The  historical  loss  rates  are  adjusted  to  reflect  current  and  forward-looking 
information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. The group has identified 
the GDP and the unemployment rate of the countries in which it sells its goods and services to be the most relevant factors, and 
accordingly adjusts the historical loss rates based on expected changes in these factors.  

On that basis, the loss allowance as at period end was determined for both trade receivables to be minor.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

8. 

Inventories 

Finished goods, at lower of cost or net realisable value 

(a) 

Inventory expense 

2019 
$m 

560.2 

2018 
$m 

545.5 

Inventories recognised as expense during the period ended 29 June 2019 amounted to $1,408.3 million (2018: $1,338.7 million). 

Write-downs of inventories to net realisable value recognised as an expense during the period ended 29 June 2019 amounted to 
$1.0 million (2018: $9.4 million).  The expense in the 2018 financial year was impacted by provisioning for the exit of the Ray’s stock 
lines.  This expense has been included in cost of sales of goods within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Inventories 
Inventories  are  measured  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable  value.    Costs  comprise  direct  purchase  costs  and  an 
appropriate proportion of supply chain variable and fixed overhead expenditure in bringing them to their existing location and 
condition.  Costs are assigned to individual items of stock on the basis of weighted average costs. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Net realisable value 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated cost of completion and 
the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

9. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Plant and equipment, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net plant and equipment 

Motor vehicles, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net motor vehicles 

Computer equipment, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net computer equipment 

2019 

$m 

435.2 

(208.0) 

227.2 

0.6 

(0.5) 

0.1 

106.8 

(66.2) 

40.6 

2018 

$m 

407.3 

(180.4) 

226.9 

0.6 

(0.4) 

0.2 

104.7 

(61.4) 

43.3 

Total net property, plant and equipment 

267.9 

270.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     81 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

9. 

(a) 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Reconciliations 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below: 

2019 

Carrying amounts at 30 June 2018 

Additions 

Depreciation 

Disposals 

Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 29 June 2019  

2018 

Carrying amounts at 1 July 2017 

Additions 

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 23(a)) 

Depreciation 

Impairment(1) 

Divestment of subsidiary (note 23(b)) 

Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 30 June 2018  

Plant and 
equipment  
$m 

Motor vehicles 
$m 

Computer 
equipment  
$m 

226.9 

41.0 

(41.1) 

- 

0.4 

227.2 

217.2 

47.9 

5.6 

(40.9) 

(2.4) 

(0.1) 

(0.4) 

226.9 

0.2 

- 

(0.1) 

- 

- 

0.1 

0.2 

- 

0.1 

(0.1) 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 

43.3 

12.4 

(15.1) 

(0.2) 

0.2 

40.6 

47.1 

10.2 

0.2 

(14.1) 

- 

- 

(0.1) 

43.3 

Total 
$m 

270.4 

53.4 

(56.3) 

(0.2) 

0.6 

267.9 

264.5 

58.1 

5.9 

(55.1) 

(2.4) 

(0.1) 

(0.5) 

270.4 

(1) During  2018 certain items of Plant and equipment  relating  to assets  in leased locations associated  with the  Rebel business  transformation  activities 

were considered to be impaired – refer note 4 – Segment information. 

Finance Leases 

The  carrying  value  of  computer  equipment  held  under  finance  leases  as  at  29  June  2019  was  $8.1  million  (2018:  $9.9  million).  
Additions during the year were $1.0 million (2018: $1.0 million).  Leased assets are pledged as security for the related finance lease 
liability. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Carrying value 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, less any accumulated depreciation or amortisation. Historical costs 
include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is 
probable  that  future  economic  benefits  associated  with  the  item  will  flow  to  the  Group  and  the  cost  of  the  item  can  be 
measured reliably.  All repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they 
are incurred. 

Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation and amortisation are calculated on a straight line basis for accounting and on a diminishing value basis for tax.  
Depreciation and amortisation allocates the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment net of residual values over the 
expected  useful  life  of  each  asset  to  the  consolidated  entity.    Estimates  of  remaining  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are 
reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each statement of financial position date.   

The depreciation rates used for each class of assets are: 

Plant and equipment 

7.5% – 37.5% 

Capitalised leased plant and equipment 

10% – 37.5% 

Motor vehicles 

Computer equipment 

25% 

20% – 37.5% 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than 
its estimated recoverable amount. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

9. 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Gains and losses 
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount.  These are included in the income 
statement.    When  revalued  assets  are  sold,  it  is  Group  policy  to  transfer  the  amounts  included  in  other  reserves  in  respect  of 
those assets to retained earnings. 

Make good requirements in relation to leased premises 
Make good costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements are recognised as provisions at the inception of the 
agreement.  A corresponding asset is taken up in property, plant and equipment at that time.  Expected future payments are 
discounted using appropriate market yields at reporting date.  

Leases 
The  Group  leases  certain  property,  plant  and  equipment.  Leases  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  where  the  Group  has 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, are classified as finance leases.  Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s 
inception  at  the  lower  of  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  property  and  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments.    The 
corresponding  rental  obligations,  net  of  finance  charges,  are  included  in  other  long  term  payables.    Each  lease  payment  is 
allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant rate on the finance balance outstanding.  The 
interest  element  of  the  finance  cost  is  charged  to  the  income  statement  over  the lease period  so  as  to  produce  a  constant 
periodic  rate  of  interest  on  the  remaining  balance  of  the  liability  for  each  period.    Property,  plant  and  equipment  acquired 
under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Impairment 
Assets  that  are  subject  to  depreciation  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate 
that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable.    An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell 
and  value  in  use.    For  the  purposes  of  assessing  impairment,  assets  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are 
separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). 

10. 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill, at cost 

Less accumulated impairment charge 

Net goodwill 

Computer software, at cost 

Less accumulated amortisation 

Net computer software 

Brand names, at cost 

Less accumulated amortisation and impairment charge 

Net brand names 

Total net intangible assets 

     2019 

    $m 

528.6 

(2.1) 

526.5 

240.7 

(126.3) 

114.4 

311.8 

(58.5) 

253.3 

2018 

$m 

528.0 

(2.1) 

525.9 

213.9 

(101.5) 

112.4 

311.8 

(58.5) 

253.3 

894.2 

891.6 

(a) 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of intangible asset are set out below: 

Reconciliations 

2019 

Carrying amounts at 30 June 2018 

Additions 

Adjustment to provisional accounting (note 23(a)) 

Amortisation charge 

Carrying amounts at 29 June 2019 

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

Brand Name 
$m 

525.9 

- 

0.6 

- 

526.5 

112.4 

32.3 

- 

(30.3) 

114.4 

253.3 

- 

- 

- 

253.3 

Totals 
$m 

891.6 

32.3 

0.6 

(30.3) 

894.2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     83 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

(a) 

Reconciliations (continued) 

2018 

Carrying amounts at 1 July 2017 

Additions 

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 23(a)) 

Divestment of subsidiary (note 23(b)) 

Amortisation charge 

Carrying amounts at 30 June 2018 

(b) 

Impairment tests for goodwill 

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

Brand Name 
$m 

447.6 

- 

79.0 

(0.7) 

- 

525.9 

93.5 

41.1 

0.2 

(0.2) 

(22.2) 

112.4 

209.0 

- 

44.3 

- 

- 

253.3 

Totals 
$m 

750.1 

41.1 

123.5 

(0.9) 

(22.2) 

891.6 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) identified according to the group of assets based on acquisition.  
A CGU level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below: 

CGU 
Super Cheap Auto 

Rebel 

BCF 

Macpac 

Total 

2019 
$m 

45.3 

376.5 

25.1 

79.6 

526.5 

2018 
$m 

45.3 

376.5 

25.1 

79.0 

525.9 

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections 
based on financial business plans approved by the Board of Directors covering a five-year period.  Cash flows beyond the five-year 
period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below.  The growth rate does not exceed the long-term average 
growth rate for the business in which the CGU operates. 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 

Management have consistently applied two key assumptions in the value-in-use analysis across each business segment CGU, a pre-
tax discount rate of 12.4% (2018: 14.0%) and terminal growth rate of 3.0% (2018: 3.0%).  Budgeted gross margin is determined based 
on  past  performance  and  its  expectations  for  the  future.    The  weighted  average  growth  rates  used  are  consistent  with  forecasts 
included in industry reports.   

The  recoverable  amount  of  the  Group’s  goodwill  currently  exceeds  its  carrying  value.    Management  does  not  consider  that  a 
reasonably  possible  change  in  any  of  the  key  assumptions  would  cause  the  carrying  value  of  any  of  the  CGU’s  to  exceed  their 
recoverable amounts. 

(c) 

Impairment tests for the useful life for brands 

No amortisation is provided against the carrying value of the purchased brand names on the basis that they are considered to have 
indefinite useful lives. 

Key factors taken into account in assessing the useful life of brands were: 
• 
• 

the strong recognition of brands; and 
there are currently no legal, technical or commercial factors indicating that the life should be considered limited. 

The carrying values of the purchased brand names are: 

Brand 
Rebel 

Macpac 

Total 

2019 
$m 

209.0 

44.3 

253.3 

2018 
$m 

209.0 

44.3 

253.3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

(c) 

Impairment tests for the useful life for brands (continued) 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 

Management have consistently applied two key assumptions in the value-in-use analysis across each brand, a pre-tax discount rate 
of  12.4%  (2018:  14.0%)  and  terminal  growth  rate  of  3.0%  (2018:  3.0%).    Budgeted  gross  margin  is  determined  based  on  past 
performance and its expectations for the future.  The weighted average growth rates used are consistent with forecasts included in 
industry reports.   

The  recoverable  amount  of  the  brand  names  currently  exceeds  their  carrying  values.    Management  does  not  consider  that  a 
reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions would cause the carrying value of any of the brand names to exceed 
their recoverable amounts. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets 
of  the  acquired  subsidiary  or  business  at  the  date  of  the  acquisition.    Goodwill  on  acquisitions  of  subsidiaries  is  included  in 
intangible assets.  Goodwill is not amortised.  Instead, it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes 
in  circumstances  indicated  that  it  might  be  impaired,  and  is  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  impairment  losses.    Any 
impairment is recognised as an expense and is not subsequently reversed. 

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash-generating  units  for  the  purpose  of  impairment  testing.    The  allocation  is  made  to  those  cash-
generating  units  or  groups of  cash-generating units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  business  combination in which  the 
goodwill arose, identified according to operating segments. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives 
Separately  acquired  trademarks  and  licences  are  shown  at  historical  cost.  Trademarks  and  licences  acquired  in  a  business 
combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Trademarks are amortised over their useful lives. 

Other intangible assets 
Amortisation is calculated on a straight line basis.  The amortisation rates used for each class of intangible assets are as follows: 

Computer software 

Brand names 

10% – 33.3% 

Nil 

Computer software 
Costs  incurred in  developing  products  or  systems  and  costs incurred in  acquiring  software and licenses  that will  contribute  to 
future  period  financial  benefits  through  revenue  generation  and/or  cost  reduction  are  capitalised  to  software  and  systems.  
Costs capitalised include external direct costs of materials and service, employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant 
overheads.    IT  development  costs  include  only  those  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  development  phase  and  are  only 
recognised following completion of technical feasibility and where the Group has an intention and ability to use the asset. 

Brand names 
Brand names that are acquired as part of a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill.  These assets are 
carried at their fair value at the date of acquisition less impairment losses.  Brand names are valued using the relief from royalty 
method.  Brand names are determined to have indefinite useful lives and therefore do not attract amortisation. 

Research and development 
Research expenditure is recognised as an expense as incurred.  Costs incurred on development projects (relating to the design 
and  testing  of  new  or  improved  products)  are  recognised  as  intangible  assets  when  it  is  probable  that  the  project  will,  after 
considering its commercial and technical feasibility, be completed and generate future economic benefits and its costs can be 
measured  reliably.    The  expenditure  capitalised  comprises  all  directly  attributable  costs,  including  costs  of  materials,  services, 
direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads.  Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria 
are recognised as an expense as incurred.  Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an 
asset in a subsequent period.  Capitalised development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point at 
which the asset is ready for use. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     85 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Other items of expenditure 
Significant items of expenditure, such as costs incurred in store set-ups, are expensed in the financial period in which these costs 
are incurred. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Capitalised software costs and useful lives 
The Group has undertaken significant development of software in relation to the multi-channel customer programme and mutli-
channel supply chain and inventory programme.  The useful lives have been determined based on the intended period of use 
of this software. 

Estimated impairment of indefinite useful life non-financial assets 
The  Group  tests  annually whether indefinite  useful life  non-financial assets  have  suffered  any impairment, in  accordance with 
the  accounting  policy  stated  above.    The  recoverable  amounts  of  cash-generating  units  have  been  determined  based  on 
value-in-use calculations.  These calculations require the use of assumptions.  Refer above for details of these assumptions. 

11. 

Trade and other payables 

Current 

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Straight line lease adjustment 

Total current trade and other payables 

Non-current 

Straight line lease adjustment 

Total non-current trade and other payables 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 

$m 

274.8 

82.5 

5.4 

362.7 

49.5 

49.5 

2018 

$m 

255.6 

81.2 

5.5 

342.3 

49.1 

49.1 

Trade and other payables 
Trade  and  other  payables  are  payables  for  goods  and  services  provided  to  the  consolidated  entity  prior  to  the  end  of  the 
financial  period  and  which  are  unpaid  at  that  date.    The  amounts  are  unsecured  and  are  normally  paid  within  60  days  of 
recognition.  Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the 
reporting date. 

Leases 
Refer to note 6 for details on the straight lining of lease expenses. 

12. 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Current 

Finance leases - secured by leased asset 

Total current interest-bearing liabilities 

Non-current 
Finance leases - secured by leased asset 

Bank debt funding facility - unsecured(1) 

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities 

(1)Net of borrowing costs capitalised of $3.0 million (2018: $1.4 million). 

2019 

$m 

3.4 

3.4 

3.8 

387.0 

390.8 

2018 

$m 

3.0 

3.0 

6.5 

428.6 

435.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

12. 

(a) 

Interest-bearing liabilities (continued) 

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities 

30 June 2018 
$m 

Cash flows 
$m 

9.5 

428.6 

438.1 

(3.3) 

(42.4) 

(45.7) 

1 July 2017 
$m 

Cash flows 
$m 

11.2 

389.4 

400.6 

(2.7) 

38.7 

36.0 

Non-cash – 
Amortisation and 
additions 
$m 
1.0 

0.8 

1.8 

Non-cash – 
Amortisation and 
additions 
$m 
1.0 

0.5 

1.5 

29 June 2019 
$m 

7.2 

387.0 

394.2 

30 June 2018 
$m 

9.5 

428.6 

438.1 

Finance leases 

Bank debt funding facility(1) 

Total 

Finance leases 

Bank debt funding facility(1) 

Total 

(1)Net of borrowing costs paid 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Borrowings 
Borrowings  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred.    Borrowings  are  subsequently  measured  at 
amortised cost.  Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the 
income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

13. 

Income taxes 

(a) 

Income tax expense 

Current tax expense 

Deferred tax (benefit) 

Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Deferred income tax expense/ (revenue) included in income tax expense comprises: 

Decrease / (increase) in deferred tax assets (note 13(e)) 

Increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 13(e)) 

(b) 

Numerical reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax profit 

Profit before income tax from continuing operations  

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%) 

Tax effect of amounts not deductible / (taxable)in calculating taxable income: 

Tax consolidation adjustments regarding NZ branches 

Gain on divestment of subsidiary 

Non-deductible acquisition costs 

Sundry items 

Difference in overseas tax rates 

Derecognition of tax losses and deferred tax assets 

Previously unrecognised tax losses and deferred tax assets 

Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Income tax expense 

Effective tax rate: 

Australia 

Consolidated group 

2019 

$m 

45.1 

6.0 

(0.8) 

50.3 

5.9 

0.1 

6.0 

189.5 

56.9 

- 

- 

- 

2.9 

59.8 

(2.6) 

1.0 

(7.1) 

(0.8) 

50.3 

2018 

$m 

51.9 

(2.4) 

(0.7) 

48.8 

(3.6) 

1.2 

(2.4) 

176.1 

52.8 

(3.2) 

(2.0) 

1.1 

0.4 

49.1 

(0.3) 

0.7 

- 

(0.7) 

48.8 

30.8% 

26.5% 

29.1% 

27.7% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     87 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

(c) 

Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax payable 

Income tax (expense) 

Tax effect of timing differences: 

Depreciation 

Provisions 

Accruals and prepayments 

Tax losses 

Sundry temporary differences 

Current tax payable 

Income tax instalments paid during the year 

Income tax receivable / (payable) 

(d) 

 Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised 
in net profit or loss but directly debited or credited to equity: 

Net deferred tax (credited) / debited directly to equity (note 13(e)) 

Tax expense relating to items of other comprehensive income 

Cash flow hedges 

(e) 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Assets 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss 

Provisions  

Accruals and prepayments 

Depreciation 

Tax losses 

Sundry temporary differences 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Cash flow hedges 

Set off with deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

Liabilities 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss 

Brand values 

Depreciation 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Cash flow hedges 

Set-off of deferred tax assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

2019 

$m 

2018 

Restated 

$m 

(50.3) 

(48.8) 

(2.1) 

11.9 

(0.7) 

(4.4) 

0.8 

(44.8) 

46.7 

1.9 

(2.7) 

(2.7) 

(2.7) 

(2.7) 

40.1 

5.4 

15.0 

4.4 

1.1 

66.0 

1.1 

67.1 

(67.1) 

- 

75.3 

15.2 

90.5 

- 

90.5 

(67.1) 

23.4 

(1.6) 

(4.4) 

2.6 

- 

(1.1) 

(53.3) 

43.7 

(9.6) 

2.6 

2.6 

2.6 

2.6 

51.3 

4.3 

13.7 

- 

2.6 

71.9 

- 

71.9 

(71.9) 

- 

76.0 

14.4 

90.4 

1.6 

92.0 

(71.9) 

20.1 

Net deferred tax assets / (liabilities) 

(23.4) 

(20.1) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

13. 

(e) 

Income taxes (continued) 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued) 

Movements in deferred tax assets: 

Opening balance  

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 23(a)) 

(Charged) / credited to the income statement  

Credited / (charged) to equity 

Closing balance 

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months 

Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months 

Movements in deferred tax liabilities: 

Opening balance  

Acquisition of subsidiary (note 23(a)) 

Charged to the income statement  

(Credited) / charged to equity 

Closing balance  

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months 

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months 

(f) 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

2019 

$m 

71.9 

- 

(5.9) 

1.1 

67.1 

40.7 

26.4 

67.1 

92.0 

- 

0.1 

(1.6) 

90.5 

90.5 

- 

90.5 

2018 
Restated 

$m 

67.8 

0.5 

3.6 

- 

71.9 

45.0 

26.9 

71.9 

74.9 

13.3 

1.2 

2.6 

92.0 

92.0 

- 

92.0 

Tax losses 

7.3 

13.6 

Deferred  tax  assets  have  not  been  recognised  in  respect  of  these  tax  losses  because  it  is  not  considered  probable  that 
future taxable profit will be available against which they can be realised. 

(g) 

Tax transparency report 

In  May  2016,  the  government  announced  the  release  of  the  Board  of  Taxation’s  final  report  on  the  voluntary  Tax  Transparency 
Code.  The aim of the Code is to provide a mechanism by which medium and large companies can be held accountable for their 
Australian tax affairs, and to give stakeholders confidence that companies are compliant with their statutory obligations.  

Currently the Code is voluntary.  Super Retail Group supports the concept of voluntary tax transparency as an important measure for 
all large companies to provide assurance to the Australian community that their tax obligations are being appropriately met.  We 
know  that  Super  Retail  Group’s  success is  dependent  on  the wellbeing  of  the  economies  and  communities where  our  businesses 
operate and our conservative approach to tax strategy is one of the many ways we act to ensure sustainability of our operations.  
We are pleased to disclose our taxes paid in Australia and to detail our approach to tax planning for the first time.  

The requirements of the Code are broken into Part A which forms part of the tax note as referenced below and Part B as disclosed 
below.  The make-up of the respective parts is as follows:   

(i)  
• 
• 
• 

(ii)  
• 
• 
• 

Part A: 

Effective company tax rates for our Australian and global operations (Note 13 (b)) 
A reconciliation of accounting profit to tax expense and to income tax payable (Note 13 (c)) 
Identification of material temporary (Note 13 (b)) and non-temporary differences (Note 13 (c)) 

Part B: 

Tax policy, tax strategy and governance  
Information about international related party dealings  
A tax contribution summary of Income tax paid  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     89 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

(g) 

Tax transparency report (continued) 

Part  B  discloses  the  Australian  income  tax  paid  by  the  Group  in  the  2019  and  2018  financial  years  and  provides  qualitative 
information about our approach to tax risk and international related party dealings. 

Tax policy, tax strategy and governance  
Super  Retail  Group  is  committed  to  full  compliance  with  its  statutory  obligations  and  takes  a  conservative  approach  to  tax  risk.  
Super Retail Group’s Tax Policy includes an internal escalation process for referring tax matters to the corporate Group Tax function.  
The  CFO  must  report  any  material  tax  issues  to  the  Board.    Tax  strategy  is  implemented  through  Super  Retail  Group’s  Tax 
Governance Policy.  Super Retail Group’s approach to tax planning is to operate and pay tax in accordance with the tax law in 
each  relevant  jurisdiction.    The  Group  aims  for  certainty  on  all  tax  positions  it  adopts.    Where  the  tax  law  is  unclear  or  subject  to 
interpretation,  advice  is  obtained,  and  when  necessary  the  Australian  Taxation  Office  (ATO)  (or  other  relevant  tax  authority)  is 
consulted for clarity.  

International related party dealings  
Super  Retail  Group  is  an  Australian  based  group,  with  some  trading  operations  in  other  countries,  including  New  Zealand  (Super 
Cheap Auto (SCA) and Macpac) and China (Sourcing assistance).  Given its current profile, the Group has very limited international 
related  party  dealings.    Super Retail  Group  always  seeks  to  price international  related party  dealings  on an  arm’s length  basis  to 
meet the regulatory requirements of the relevant jurisdictions.  

Super Retail Group’s international related party dealings are summarised below: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Super Retail Group’s Australian retail businesses source material amounts of trading stock from overseas, particularly through 
Asian based third-party suppliers.  To facilitate this, the Group has a Chinese based subsidiary that co-ordinates these supplies.  
Super Retail Group’s Australian businesses pay the overseas subsidiaries for these services. 

Super Retail Group SCA and Macpac retail businesses operate across Australia and New Zealand.  To meet customer demand 
and manage stock levels, trading stock is occasionally transferred between jurisdictions, for which arm’s length consideration is 
paid by the recipient of the trading stock.   

Certain  Super  Retail  Group  businesses  operating  outside  of  Australia  are  utilising  intellectual  property  developed  by  Super 
Retail  Group  businesses  in  Australia.    Where  appropriate,  and  as  required  by  international  cross  border  tax  rules,  a  royalty 
payment is made by the off-shore subsidiary to the relevant Super Retail Group business in Australia. 

Various administrative and support services are provided by Super Retail Group head office and divisional parent entities to 
offshore subsidiary businesses. As required by international cross border tax rules, arm’s length consideration is paid for these 
services.  

Other jurisdictions  
The Super Retail Group includes a few subsidiary companies that are incorporated in jurisdictions outside of Australia as summarised 
in the table below: 

Country 
China(1) 
New Zealand 

Nature of activities 
Co-ordinating the sourcing of trading stock for SCA, Rebel and BCF 
Active trading operations (SCA and Macpac) and dormant entities 

(1)  These  companies  are  subject  to  the  Australian  Controlled  Foreign  Company  rules.  Under  these  rules  profits  generated  by  these  subsidiaries  from 
trading  with  Super  Retail  Group  are  taxable  in  Australia  at  the  30  per  cent  Australian  corporate  tax  rate.    For  the  2019  year,  the  gross  value  of 
international related party transactions in and out of Australia represented less than 1.0 per cent of revenue. 

Australian income taxes paid 
Super Retail Group is a large taxpayer and paid Corporate Income Tax of $46.7 million in 2019 and $43.7 million in 2018. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Current and deferred tax 
The  income  tax  expense  or  revenue  for  the  period  is  the  tax  payable  on  the  current  period’s  taxable  income  based  on  the 
national income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary 
differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused 
tax losses. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets 
are  recovered  or  liabilities  are  settled,  based  on  those  tax  rates  which  are  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  for  each 
jurisdiction.  The relevant tax rates are applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to 
measure the deferred tax asset or liability.   

An exception is made for certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability.  No deferred 
tax asset or liability is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arise in a transaction, other than a business 
combination, that at the time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of 
investments in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are also recognised directly in equity.   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and 
when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the 
entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the 
liability simultaneously.   

A  deferred  tax  liability  is  recognised  in  relation  to  some  of  the  Group’s  indefinite  life  intangibles.    The  tax  base  assumed  in 
determining the amount of the deferred tax liability is the capital cost base of the assets.   

Tax consolidation 
Super  Retail  Group  Limited  and  its  wholly-owned  Australian  controlled  entities  have  implemented  the  tax  consolidation 
legislation  as  of  1  July  2003  and  account  for  current  and  deferred  tax  amounts  under  the  Separate  taxpayer  within  Group 
approach in accordance with AASB Interpretation 1052, Tax Consolidation Accounting. 

On adoption of the tax consolidation legislation, the entities in the tax consolidated group entered into a tax sharing agreement 
which, in the opinion of the directors, limits the joint and several liability of the wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by 
the head entity, Super Retail Group Limited. 

13. 

Income taxes (continued) 

The  entities  have  also  entered  into  a  tax  funding  agreement  under  which  the  wholly-owned  entities  fully  compensate  Super 
Retail Group Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Super Retail Group Limited for any current 
tax  receivable  and  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  unused  tax  losses  or  unused  tax  credits  that  are  transferred  to  Super  Retail 
Group  Limited  under  the  tax  consolidation  legislation.    The  funding  amounts  are  determined  by  reference  to  the  amounts 
recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements. 

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head 
entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year. The head entity may also require payment of 
interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     91 

14. 

Provisions 

Current 

Employee benefits(a) 

Onerous contracts(b) 

Make good provision(c)  

Other provisions(d) 

Total current provisions 

Non-current 

Employee benefits(a) 

Onerous contracts(b) 

Make good provision(c) 

Total non-current provisions 

(a) 

Employee benefits 

2019 

$m 

97.8 

2.5 

5.8 

1.2 

107.3 

9.5 

1.1 

9.1 

19.7 

2018 
Restated 

$m 

94.6 

4.3 

5.0 

1.1 

105.0 

8.7 

4.5 

8.5 

21.7 

Provisions for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave, long service leave and accrued bonuses.  In addition the Group 
has identified that certain salaried team members should have received additional amounts to the amounts paid.  A remediation 
program is underway and will be completed in the next financial period.  At 29 June 2019 there is a provision to recognise payments 
for additional overtime and allowances to current and former team members of an estimated $44.3 million (2018: $44.6 million).   

(b) 

Onerous contracts 

Onerous contracts include the provision for surplus lease space which represents the present value of the future lease payments that 
the Group is obligated to make in respect of surplus lease space under non-cancellable operating lease agreements, less estimated 
future  sub-lease  revenue.  During  the  2016  year,  the  Group  committed  to  a  plan  to  restructure  the  Ray’s  Outdoors  business  by 
converting various stores into either the new concept Rays stores or to other Group brands and close other stores.   As at  29 June 
2019  $1.9  million  associated  with  the  transformation  relates  to  surplus  lease  space  (2018:  $6.8  million).    During  the  2018  year,  the 
Group completed the program of converting all Amart Sports stores to Rebel in line with the strategy to sustain the Group’s position 
as the market leader in sports retailing.  As at 29 June 2019 $0.5 million associated with this conversion relates to surplus lease space 
(2018: $1.2 million). 

Onerous  contracts  also includes  the  provision  for loss making  contracts which  represents  the  present  value of  the  forecasted loss.  
During the 2016 year the Group performed a review of key contracts relating to Infinite Retail that were loss making.  As at 29 June 
2019 $0.8 million is provided for loss making contracts related to Infinite Retail (2018: $0.7 million). 

(c) 

Make good provision 

Provision is made for costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements at the inception of the agreement.  A provision 
has been recognised for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements.  These 
costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of the leasehold improvements and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the 
lease or the useful life of the assets. 

(d) 

Other provisions 

The current provision for other items includes the provision for store refunds.  

(e) 

Movement in provisions 

Movements in each class of provision during the period, except for other, are set out below: 

2019 

Opening balance as at 30 June 2018 

Provisions made 

Indexing of provisions 

Provisions used 

Closing balance as at 29 June 2019 

Employee benefits 
$m 
103.3 

38.2 

- 

(34.2) 

107.3 

Onerous contracts 
$m 

Make good 
$m 

8.8 

0.4 

- 

(5.6) 

3.6 

13.5 

1.2 

2.4 

(2.2) 

14.9 

Total 
$m 

125.6 

39.8 

2.4 

(42.0) 

125.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

14. 

Provisions (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Provisions 
Provisions for legal claims, service warranties and make good obligations are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past  events,  it  is  probable  that  an  outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the 
obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by 
considering the class of obligations as a whole.  A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any 
one item included in the same class of obligations may be small. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the statement of financial position date.  The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current 
market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks  specific  to  the  liability.  The  increase  in  the  provision  due  to  the 
passage of time is recognised as interest expense. 

Employee benefits - short-term obligations 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after 
the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to 
the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.  All other 
short-term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables. 

Employee benefits – long term obligations 
The liabilities for long service leave and annual leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of 
the  period  in  which  the  employees  render  the  related  service.    They  are  therefore  recognised  in  the  provision  for  employee 
benefits  and  measured  as  the  present  value  of  expected  future  payments  to  be  made  in  respect  of  services  provided  by 
employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected 
future  wage  and  salary  levels,  experience  of  employee  departures  and  periods  of  service.    Expected  future  payments  are 
discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period of government bonds with terms and currencies that match, 
as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.  Remeasurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes 
in actuarial assumptions are recognised in profit or loss.   

The  obligations  are  presented  as  current  liabilities  in  the  balance  sheet  if  the  entity  does  not  have  an  unconditional  right  to 
defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to 
occur. 

Retirement benefit obligations 
Contributions  are  made  by  the  economic  entity  to  an  employee  superannuation  fund  and  are  charged  as  expenses  when 
incurred. 

Profit-sharing and bonus plans 
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration 
the  profit  attributable  to  the  Company’s  shareholders  after  certain  adjustments.    The  Group  recognises  a  provision  where 
contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation. 

Make good requirements in relation to leased premises 
Make good costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements are recognised as provisions at the inception of the 
agreement.  A corresponding asset is taken up in property, plant and equipment at that time.  Expected future payments are 
discounted using appropriate market yields at reporting date. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Estimated value of make good provision 
The Group has estimated the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements and 
return leasehold premises to their original state, in addition to the likelihood of this occurring.  These costs have been capitalised 
as part of the cost of the leasehold improvements. 

Long service leave 
Judgement is required in determining the following key assumptions used in the calculation of long service leave at balance 
date. 
• 
• 
• 

Future increase in salaries and wages; 
Future on-cost rates; and 
Experience of employee departures and period of service. 

Onerous contracts 
For surplus leases, the Group estimates the period it will take to exit surplus lease space.  It then records a liability for the present 
value  of  the  future  lease  payments  for  the  estimated  exit  period  less  estimated  future  sub-lease  revenue.    For  loss  making 
revenue  contracts,  the  Group  estimates  a  range  of  potential  financial  outcomes  for  each  contract  based  on  forecasted 
scenarios.  It then records a liability for the present value of the resulting forecasted loss of each contract. 

Employee benefits  
Judgements have been made in the calculations as to the number of overtime hours, allowance payments and the valuation 
based on assumed work patterns. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     93 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities 

(a) 

Financial instruments 

The Group holds the following financial instruments: 

2019 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

2018 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Derivatives used for 
hedging 
$m 

Notes 

Financial assets and 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

7 

20 

11 

12 

20 

- 

- 

2.8 

2.8 

- 

- 

6.2 

6.2 

7.5 

37.6 

- 

45.1 

412.2 

394.2 

- 

806.4 

Derivatives used for 
hedging 
$m 

Notes 

Financial assets and 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

7 

20 

11 

12 

20 

- 

- 

6.8 

6.8 

- 

- 

1.5 

1.5 

15.2 

23.8 

- 

39.0 

391.4 

438.1 

- 

829.5 

Total 
$m 

7.5 

37.6 

2.8 

47.9 

412.2 

394.2 

6.2 

812.6 

Total 
$m 

15.2 

23.8 

6.8 

45.8 

391.4 

438.1 

1.5 

831.0 

The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial instruments is discussed in note 20 – Financial risk management.  
The  maximum  exposure  to  credit  risk  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  is  the  carrying  amount  of  each  class  of  financial  assets 
mentioned above. 

(b) 

Recognised fair value measurements 

Fair value hierarchy  

(i)   
This  section  explains  the  judgements  and  estimates  made  in  determining  the  fair  values  of  the  financial  instruments  that  are 
recognised and measured at fair value in the financial statements.  To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in 
determining  fair  value,  the  Group  has  classified  its  financial  instruments  into  the  three  levels  prescribed  under  the  accounting 
standards.  An explanation of each level follows underneath the table. 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the balance sheet date. 

The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to 
their short-term nature.  The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual 
cash flows at the current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

(b) 

(i)   

Recognised fair value measurements (continued) 

Fair value hierarchy (continued) 

The following tables present the Group’s entity’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value. 

2019 

Financial assets 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Financial liabilities 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

2018 

Financial assets 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Financial liabilities 

Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Level 1 

$m 

Level 2 

$m 

Level 3 

$m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2.8 

2.8 

6.2 

6.2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Level 1 

$m 

Level 2 

$m 

Level 3 

$m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6.8 

6.8 

1.5 

1.5 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 

$m 

2.8 

2.8 

6.2 

6.2 

Total 

$m 

6.8 

6.8 

1.5 

1.5 

There  were  no  transfers  between  any  levels  for  recurring  fair  value  measurements  during  the  year.    The  Group’s  policy  is  to 
recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. 

Level  1:  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  traded  in  active  markets  (such  as  publicly  traded  derivatives,  and  trading  and 
available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used 
for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1. 

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) 
is  determined  using  valuation  techniques  which  maximise  the  use  of  observable  market  data  and  rely  as  little  as  possible  on 
entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in 
level 2. 

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This is 
the case for unlisted equity securities. 

Valuation techniques used to determine fair value 

(ii)   
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include: 
• 
• 

the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; 
the  fair  value  of  interest  rate  swaps  is  calculated  as  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  based  on 
observable yield curves; 
the  fair  value  of  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  is  determined  using  forward  exchange  rates  at  the  balance  sheet 
date; 
the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis. 

• 

• 

All  of  the  resulting  fair  value  estimates  are included in level 2, where  the  fair  values  have  been  determined  based  on  present 
values and the discount rates used were adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     95 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Financial assets classification 
From 1 July 2018, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: 
• 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) or through profit or 
loss), and 
those to be measured at amortised cost. 

• 

The  classification  depends  on  the  entity’s  business  model  for  managing  the  financial  assets  and  the  contractual  terms  of  the 
cash flows. 

For  assets  measured  at  fair  value,  gains  and  losses  will  either  be  recorded  in  profit  or  loss  or  OCI.  For  investments  in  equity 
instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of 
initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).  

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.  

Recognition and derecognition  
Regular way purchases and  sales  of  financial  assets are  recognised  on  trade-date,  the date on which  the  Group  commits  to 
purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have 
expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.  

Measurement  
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction 
costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.  

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely 
payment of principal and interest.  

Debt instruments  
Subsequent  measurement  of  debt instruments  depends  on  the  Group’s  business model  for managing  the  asset  and  the  cash 
flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:  

Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of 
principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income 
using  the  effective  interest  rate  method.  Any  gain  or  loss  arising  on  derecognition  is  recognised  directly  in  profit  or  loss  and 
presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate 
line item in the statement of profit or loss.  

FVOCI:  Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash 
flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken 
through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses 
which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised 
in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets 
is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other 
gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.  

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment 
that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in 
which it arises.  

Equity instruments  
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management has elected to present 
fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to 
profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit 
or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.  

Changes in  the  fair  value  of  financial  assets  at  FVPL  are  recognised in  other  gains/(losses)  in  the  statement  of  profit  or loss  as 
applicable. Impairment losses (and  reversal  of impairment losses)  on  equity investments  measured  at  FVOCI are  not  reported 
separately from other changes in fair value. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

15. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Impairment 
From 1 July 2018, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments 
carried at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk. 

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by AASB 9, which requires expected lifetime losses 
to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 
Derivatives  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  on  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are  subsequently 
remeasured  to  their  fair  value.    The  method  of  recognising  the  resulting  gain  or  loss  depends  on  whether  the  derivative  is 
designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.  The Group designates certain derivatives 
as either: hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or hedges of highly 
probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as 
well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  The Group also documents its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions 
have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

Cash flow hedges 
The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow  hedges  is 
recognised in equity in the hedging reserve.  The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the 
income statement. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the income periods when the hedged item will affect 
profit or loss (for instance when the forecast payment that is hedged takes place). However, when the forecast transaction that 
is  hedged  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  non-financial  asset  (for  example,  inventory)  or  a  non-financial  liability,  the  gains  and 
losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial cost  or carrying 
amount of the asset or liability. 

When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold  or  terminated,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for  hedge 
accounting,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in  equity  at  the  time  remains  in  equity  and  is  recognised when  the  forecast 
transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the 
cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement. 

Net investment hedges 
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges.   

Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity.  The gain or loss 
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement within other income or other expenses.   

Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is partially disposed 
of or sold. 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that 
does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. 

16. 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

(a) 
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company 

Diluted earnings per share 

(b) 
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company 

Normalised earnings per share(1) 

(c) 
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 
(1) Normalised profit attributable to ordinary equity holders is $152.5 million (2018: $145.3 million) – note 4(b). 

2019 

Cents 

70.6 

2018 

Cents 

65.0 

69.9 

64.5 

77.3 

73.7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     97 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

16. 

Earnings per share (continued) 

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator 

(d) 
Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator in calculating basic 
EPS  
Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share – performance rights 

Weighted average potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in  
calculating diluted earnings per share 

(e) 
Basic earnings and diluted earnings per share 

Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per share 

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company used in EPS 
calculating basic earnings per share: 

2019 

Number 

2018 

Number 

197,342,404 

197,240,020 

1,816,842 

1,773,137 

199,159,246 

199,013,157 

2019 

$m 

139.3 

2018 

$m 

128.3 

Information concerning the classification of securities 

(f) 
Options and Performance Rights 
Options  and  performance  rights  granted  are  considered  to  be  potential  ordinary  shares  and  have  been  included  in  the 
determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: 
• 
the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares; 
•  by  the weighted average  number  of ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the  financial  year,  adjusted  for  bonus elements in 

ordinary shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. 

Diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after 
income  tax  effect  of  interest  and  other  financing  costs  associated  with  dilutive  potential  ordinary  shares  and  the  weighted 
average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

17. 

Contributed equity 

(a) 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares fully paid (197,383,751 ordinary shares as at 29 June 2019) 

2019 

$m 
542.3 

(i) 

Movement in ordinary share capital 

Balance 1 July 2017 

Shares issued under performance rights 

Closing balance 30 June 2018 

Shares issued under performance rights 

Closing balance 29 June 2019 

Number of Shares 

Issue Price 

197,240,020 

- 

197,240,020 

143,731 

197,383,751 

- 

- 

2018 

$m 
542.3 

$m 

542.3 

- 

542.3 

- 

542.3 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.   

The ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the parent entity in proportion 
to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. 

On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present, in person or by proxy, at a meeting of shareholders of the parent entity 
is entitled to one vote and, upon a poll, each share is entitled to one vote. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98   S UP E R   R ET A I L   G R O UP   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

17. 

Contributed equity (continued) 

(a) 

Share capital (continued) 

Performance rights over 622,684 (2018: 734,862) ordinary shares were issued during the period with 143,731 (2018: nil) performance 
rights  vesting  during  the  period.    Under  the  share  option  plan,  no  (2018:  nil)  ordinary  shares  were  issued  during  the  period.  
Information relating to performance rights and options outstanding at the end of the financial period are set out in note 28 – Share-
based payments. 

Dividend reinvestment plan 
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or part of 
their dividend entitlements satisfied by shares purchased on market rather than by being paid in cash. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Contributed equity 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in 
equity  as  a  deduction,  net  of  tax,  from  the  proceeds.    Incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issue  of  new  shares  or 
options, or for the acquisition of a business, are included in the cost of the acquisition as part of the purchase consideration. 

18. 

Reserves and retained earnings 

Reserves 

(a) 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Share based payments reserve 
Hedging reserve 
NCI equity reserve 

Total 

Movements 

(i) 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Share-based payments reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Options and performance rights expense  

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Hedging reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Revaluation – gross 
Deferred tax 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

NCI equity reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

2019 

$m 

5.2 
12.9 
(2.3) 
(7.6) 

8.2 

2.5 
2.7 

5.2 

11.6 
1.3 

12.9 

4.0 
(9.0) 
2.7 

(2.3) 

(7.8) 
0.2 

(7.6) 

2018 

$m 

2.5 
11.6 
4.0 
(7.8) 

10.3 

3.4 
(0.9) 

2.5 

10.5 
1.1 

11.6 

(2.2) 
8.8 
(2.6) 

4.0 

(8.2) 
0.4 

(7.8) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     99 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

18. 

Reserves and retained earnings (continued) 

(a) 

Reserves (continued) 

Nature and purpose of reserves 

(ii) 
Hedging reserve - cash flow hedges 
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in 
equity,  as  described  in  note  15  –  Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities.    Amounts  are  recognised  in  profit  and  loss  when  the 
associated hedged transaction affects profit and loss.   

Share-based payments reserve 
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options and performance rights issued. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as 
described in note 2(c).  The reserve is recognised in profit and loss when the net investment is disposed of. 

NCI equity reserve 
The NCI equity reserve is used to recognise the change in ownership interest in controlled entities. 

(b) 

Retained earnings 

Balance at the beginning of the financial period 

Net profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Dividends paid 

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

2019 

$m 
223.3 

139.3 

(96.7) 

265.9 

2018 
Restated 

$m 
186.7 

128.3 

(91.7) 

223.3 

19. 

Reconciliation of profit from ordinary activities after income tax to net cash inflow from operating 
activities 

Profit from ordinary activities after related income tax 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Impairment charge 

Net loss on sale of non-current assets 

Non-cash employee benefits expense/share based payments 

Loss / (gain) on divestment 

Equity accounting loss 

Profit for the period attributable to non-controlling interests 

Net finance costs 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from the 
purchase of controlled entities 

 - (increase) / decrease in receivables 

 - (increase) / decrease in net current tax liability 

 - (increase) in inventories 

 - increase in payables 

 - (decrease) / increase in provisions 

 - increase / (decrease) in deferred tax liability 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 
$m 

139.3 

86.6 

- 

0.2 

1.3 

1.1 

2.6 

(0.1) 

21.3 

(13.8) 

(11.5) 

(14.7) 

25.3 

(4.1) 

7.4 

240.9 

2018 
$m 

128.3 

77.3 

2.4 

- 

1.1 

(6.9) 

1.0 

(1.0) 

17.7 

19.6 

7.3 

(37.0) 

94.0 

7.0 

(2.4) 

308.4 

Cash and cash equivalents 
For  the  purposes  of  the  cash  flow  statement,  cash  includes  cash  on  hand,  cash  at  bank  and  at  call  deposits  with  banks  or 
financial  institutions,  other  short  term,  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  that  are  readily 
convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

20. 

Financial risk management 

This note explains the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the Group’s future financial performance. 
Current year profit and loss information has been included where relevant to add further context. 

Market risk 

Foreign exchange 

Interest rate 

Credit risk 

Liquidity risk 

Exposure 
arising from 

Future commercial 
transactions  
Recognised financial 
assets and liabilities not 
denominated in AUD 

Long-term borrowings at 
variable rates 

Cash and cash 
equivalents, trade and 
other receivables and 
derivative financial 
instruments 

Measurement 

Cash flow forecasting 
Sensitivity analysis 

Sensitivity analysis 

Aging analysis 
Credit ratings 

Management 

Forward foreign 
exchange contracts 
and options 

Interest rate swaps 

Rolling cash flow 
forecasts 

Borrowings and other 
liabilities 

Credit limits and 
retention of title over 
goods sold 

Availability of 
committed 
credit lines and 
borrowing facilities 

The  Group’s  risk  management  is  carried  out  by  the  finance  department  under  policies  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The 
finance  department  identifies,  evaluates  and  hedges  financial  risks  in  close  co-operation  with  the  Group’s  operating  units.  The 
Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange 
risk,  interest  rate  risk,  credit  risk,  use  of  derivative  financial  instruments  and  non-derivative  financial  instruments,  and  investment  of 
excess liquidity. 

(a)  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative  Financial Instruments  are  only  used  for  economic hedging  purposes  and  not  as  trading  or  speculative instruments.  The 
Group has the following derivative financial instruments: 

Current assets 

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument assets 

Current liabilities 

Interest rate swap contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities 

2019 

$m 

2.8 

2.8 

6.2 

6.2 

2018 

$m 

6.8 

6.8 

1.5 

1.5 

Classification of derivatives 

(i)  
Derivatives  are  classified  as  held  for  trading  and  accounted  for  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  unless  they  are  designated  as 
hedges. They are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the 
reporting period. 

The  Group’s accounting policy  for its  cash  flow hedges is  set  out in  note  15  –  Financial assets  and  financial liabilities.  For  hedged 
forecast transactions that result in the recognition of a non-financial asset, the Group has elected to include related hedging gains 
and losses in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset. 

Fair value measurement 

(ii)  
For  information  about  the  methods  and  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  please  refer  to  note  15  – 
Financial assets and financial liabilities. 

(b)      Market risk  

Foreign exchange risk 

(i)  
Group companies are required to hedge their foreign exchange risk exposure using forward contracts transacted with the finance 
department. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     101

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)      Market risk (continued) 

Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

(i)  
The  Group  operates  internationally  and  is  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  arising  from  currency  exposures  to  the  United  States 
dollar (USD) and Chinese Yuan (CNY). 

Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  when  future  commercial  transactions  and  recognised  assets  and  liabilities  are  denominated  in  a 
currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. 

The  Group’s  risk  management  policy  is  to  hedge  between  50%  and  75%  of  anticipated  foreign  currency  purchases  for  the 
subsequent 4 months and up to 50% of anticipated foreign currency purchases for the following 5 to 12 month period. 

Instruments used by the Group 
The economic entity retails products including some that have been imported from Asia, with contract pricing denominated in USD.  
In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the economic entity has entered into forward exchange rate contracts to 
purchase USD.  The contracts are timed to mature in line with forecasted payments for imports and cover forecast purchases for the 
subsequent twelve months, on a rolling basis.  The Group does not currently enter into forward exchange rate contracts to purchase 
CNY. 

Exposure 
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period was as follows: 

Trade receivables 

Trade payables 

Forward exchange contract -  foreign currency (cash flow hedges) 

          Buy United States dollars and sell Australian/New Zealand dollars with maturity 

          - 0 to 4 months 

          - 5 to 12 months 

Trade receivables  

Trade payables 

2019 
USD 

$m 

1.8 

27.8 

46.0 

48.0 

94.0 

2019 

CNY 

$m 

0.2 

29.7 

2018 
USD 

$m 

1.9 

28.7 

41.8 

46.5 

88.3 

2018 

CNY 

$m 

0.2 

7.9 

The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity.  
When the cash flows occur, the Group adjusts the initial measurement of the component recognised in the consolidated balance 
sheet by the related amount deferred in equity.  In the year ended 29 June 2019, no hedges were designated as ineffective (2018: 
nil). 

Gains and losses arising from hedging contracts terminated prior to maturity are also carried forward until the designated hedged 
transaction occurs. 

The following gains, losses and costs have been deferred as at the balance date: 

- unrealised gains on USD foreign exchange contracts 

- unrealised (losses) on interest rate swaps 

Total unrealised (losses) / gains 

2019 

 $m 

2.8 

(6.2) 

(3.4) 

2018 

$m 

6.8. 

(1.5) 

5.3. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

(i)            Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

Group sensitivity 
Based  on  the  financial instruments  held  at  29  June  2019,  had  the  Australian  dollar weakened/strengthened  by  10%  against  other 
currencies with all other variables held constant, the impact on the Group’s post-tax profit would have been nil, on the basis that 
the  financial  instruments  would  have  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  and  the  impact  upon  the  foreign  exchange 
movements of other financial assets and liabilities is negligible. 

Equity would have been $8.3 million lower/$10.2 million higher (2018: $7.2 million lower/$8.8 million higher) had the Australian dollar 
weakened/strengthened by  10%  against  other  currencies,  arising  mainly  from  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  designated  as 
cash flow hedges.  The impact on other Group assets and liabilities as a result of movements in exchange rates are not material. 

A sensitivity of 10% was selected following review of historic trends. 

(ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk 

Instruments used by the Group - interest rate swap contracts 
Bank loans of the economic entity currently bear an average variable interest rate of 3.18% (2018: 3.36%).  It is policy to protect part 
of the forecasted debt from exposure to increasing interest rates.  Accordingly, the economic entity has entered into interest rate 
swap contracts, under which it is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and to pay interest at fixed rates.  The contracts are 
settled  on  a  net  basis  and  the  net  amount  receivable  or  payable  at  the  reporting  date  is  included  in  other  receivables  or  other 
payables.   

At period end, the Group was a party to multiple interest rate swaps for a total nominal value of $215.0 million (2018: $240.0 million).  
The  Group  also  has  $260.0  million  (2018:  $260.0  million)  interest  rate  swaps  in  place  for  future  periods  up  until  June  2022  at  an 
average rate of 2.35%.  

The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each 90 days.  The settlement dates coincide with the dates 
on which interest is payable on the underlying debt.  Swaps on the current debt balance cover approximately 55.1% (2018: 56.0%) 
of the loan principal outstanding.  The average fixed interest rate is 2.36% (2018: 2.43%). 

Interest rate risk exposures 
The economic entity’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate by maturity periods is set out in 
the following table: 

Fixed interest maturing in 

Floating 
interest rate 
$m 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 5 
years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Notes 

2019 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

7 

Total financial assets 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Provisions (employee benefits) 

Total financial liabilities 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

11 

12 

14 

5.8 

- 

5.8 

1.00% 

- 

387.0 

- 

387.0 

3.18% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.4 

- 

3.4 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.8 

- 

3.8 

Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

(381.2) 

(3.4) 

(3.8) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
$m 

1.7 

37.6 

39.3 

412.2 

- 

107.3 

519.5 

Total 
$m 

7.5 

37.6 

45.1 

412.2 

394.2 

107.3 

913.7 

(480.2) 

(868.6) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     103

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

 (ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk (continued) 

Fixed interest maturing in 

Notes 

Floating 
interest rate 
$m 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 
5 years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
Restated  
$m 

Total 
Restated 
$m 

2018 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

7 

Total financial assets 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

Financial liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Provisions (employee benefits) 

Total financial liabilities 

Weighted average rate of 
interest 

11 

12 

14 

13.4 

- 

13.4 

1.50% 

- 

428.6 

- 

428.6 

3.36% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.0 

- 

3.0 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6.5 

- 

6.5 

Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

(415.2) 

(3.0) 

(6.5) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.8 

23.8 

25.6 

391.4 

- 

103.3 

494.7 

15.2 

23.8 

39.0 

391.4 

438.1 

103.3 

932.8 

(469.1) 

(893.8) 

Group sensitivity 
The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings.  Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash 
flow interest  rate  risk.    Borrowings issued at  fixed  rates  expose  the  Group  to  fair  value interest  rate  risk.    During  the  2019  and  2018 
financial years, the Group’s borrowings were at variable rates and were denominated in Australian dollars. 

As at the reporting date, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts outstanding: 

Bank overdrafts and bank loans 

Interest rate swaps 

An analysis by maturities is provided in (d) below. 

2019 

$m 

390.0 

215.0 

2018 

$m 

430.0 

240.0 

The Group risk management policy is to maintain fixed interest rate hedges of approximately 40% of anticipated debt levels over a 3 
year period.  The Group utilises interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate exposure on borrowings. 

As  at  29  June  2019,  if  interest  rates  had  changed  by  +/-  100  basis  points  from  the  year-end  rates  with  all  other  variables  held 
constant, post-tax profit and equity for the year would have been $1.2 million lower/higher (2018: $1.3 million lower/higher), mainly 
as a result of higher/lower interest expense on bank loans. 

(c)          Credit risk 

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, favourable derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial 
institutions,  as  well  as  credit  exposures  to  wholesale  and  retail  customers,  including  outstanding  receivables  and  committed 
transactions. 

(i)            Risk management 
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating 
of ‘A’ are accepted.  

If  wholesale  customers  are  independently  rated,  these  ratings  are  used.  Otherwise,  if  there  is  no  independent  rating,  risk  control 
assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual 
risk limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the board. The compliance with credit limits by 
wholesale customers is regularly monitored by line management.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(c) 

Credit risk (continued) 

(i)            Risk management (continued) 
Sales to retail customers are required to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk. There are no significant 
concentrations of credit risk, whether through exposure to individual customers, specific industry sectors and/or regions.  

(ii)            Security 
For wholesale customers without credit rating, the Group generally retains title over the goods sold until full payment is received, thus 
limiting the loss from a possible default to the profit margin made on the sale. For some trade receivables the Group may also obtain 
security  in  the  form  of  guarantees,  deeds  of  undertaking  or  letters  of  credit  which  can  be  called  upon  if  the  counterparty  is  in 
default under the terms of the agreement. 

(d)            Liquidity risk 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount 
of  committed  credit  facilities  to  meet  obligations  when  due.  Due  to  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  underlying  businesses,  finance 
department maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines. 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising the undrawn borrowing facilities below) and cash 
and cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flows.  In addition, the Group’s liquidity management policy involves projecting 
cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these. 

(i)             Financing arrangements 

Unrestricted access was available at balance date to the following lines of credit: 

Total facilities 
 -  bank debt funding facility 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Facilities used at balance date 

 -  bank debt funding facility(1) 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Unused balance of facilities at balance date 

 -  bank debt funding facility 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

2019 

$m 

635.0 

20.0 

655.0 

390.0 

3.2 

393.2 

245.0 

16.8 

261.8 

2018 

$m 

640.0 

20.0 

660.0 

430.0 

3.3 

433.3 

210.0 

16.7 

226.7 

(1) As at 29 June 2019, $22.3 million (2018: $20.7 million) of the overdraft facility has been drawn and in accordance with financing 
arrangements this is offset by cash funds in transit. 

Current interest rates on bank loans of the economic entity are 2.79% - 3.55% (2018: 3.25% - 3.51%). 

Maturities of financial liabilities 

(ii)    
The following tables analyse the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:  
-  all non-derivative financial liabilities; and 
-  net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of 

the timing of the cash flows. 

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying 
balances as the impact of discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps the cash flows have been estimated using forward 
interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     105

20. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(d)            Liquidity risk (continued) 

(ii)    

Maturities of financial liabilities (continued) 

Less than 
6 months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years  
$m 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

357.3 

6.2 

1.8 

365.3 

- 

6.2 

1.8 

8.0 

- 

12.4 

3.6 

16.0 

- 

395.9 

0.3 

396.2 

Net settled (Interest Rate Swaps) 

0.8 

0.8 

1.5 

0.5 

2019 
Non-derivatives 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities(1) 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 

Forward exchange contracts used 
for hedging: 
Gross settled 

- (inflow) 

- outflow 

Total derivatives 
(1)Excludes finance leases. 

2018 

Non-derivatives 

Trade and other payables 

Interest-bearing liabilities(1) 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 

Net settled (Interest Rate Swaps) 
Forward exchange contracts used 
for hedging: 

Gross settled 

- (inflow) 

- outflow 

Total derivatives 
(1)Excludes finance leases. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

357.3 

420.7 

7.5 

785.5 

357.3 

390.0 

7.2 

754.5 

3.6 

6.2 

(133.7) 

130.7 

0.6 

(2.8) 

- 

3.4 

(88.2) 

(45.5) 

86.1 

(1.3) 

44.6 

(0.1) 

- 

- 

1.5 

- 

- 

0.5 

Less than 
6 months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 
2 and 5 
years  
$m 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

336.8 

7.2 

1.6 

345.6 

- 

7.2 

1.6 

8.8 

- 

259.7 

3.3 

263.0 

- 

183.4 

3.5 

186.9 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.2 

(82.0) 

77.1 

(4.5) 

(38.1) 

35.5 

(2.3) 

- 

- 

0.2 

- 

- 

0.2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

336.8 

457.5 

10.0 

804.3 

336.8 

430.0 

9.5 

776.3 

1.1 

1.5 

(120.1) 

112.6 

(6.4) 

(6.8) 

- 

(5.3) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

21. 

Capital management 

(a) 

Risk management  

The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  their  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern,  so  that  they  can 
continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce 
the cost of capital. 

In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  may  adjust  the  amount  of  dividends  paid  to  shareholders,  return 
capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.  

The Group monitors overall capital on the basis of the gearing ratio.  The ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital.  Net 
debt  is  calculated  as  total  borrowings  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Total  capital  is  calculated  as  equity  as  shown  in  the 
consolidated  balance sheet (including non-controlling interests) plus net debt. 

During 2019 the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2018, was to ensure that the gearing ratio remained below 50%.  This 
target  ratio  range  excludes  the  short-term  impact  of  acquisitions.    The  gearing  ratios  at  29  June  2019  and  30  June  2018  were  as 
follows: 

Total borrowings 

Less:  Cash & cash equivalents 

Net Debt 

Total Equity 

Total Capital 

Gearing Ratio 

2019 

$m 

394.2 

(7.5) 

386.7 

816.0 

1,202.7 

32.2% 

2018 
Restated 

$m 

438.1 

(15.2) 

422.9 

775.2 

1,198.1 

35.3% 

The  Group  monitors  ongoing  capital  on  the  basis  of  the  fixed  charge  cover  ratio.    The  ratio  is  calculated  as  earnings  before  net 
finance  costs,  income  tax,  depreciation,  amortisation  and  store  and  rental  expense  divided  by  fixed  charge  obligations  (being 
finance  costs  and  store  and  distribution  centre  rental  expenses).    Rental  expenses  are  calculated  net  of  straight  line  lease 
adjustments, while finance costs exclude non-cash mark-to-market losses or gains on interest rate swaps. 

During 2019 the Group’s strategy, which was unchanged from 2018, was to maintain a fixed charge cover ratio of around 2.0 times 
and a net debt to EBITDA of below 2.5 times.  The fixed charge cover and net debt to EBITDA ratios at 29 June 2019 and 30 June 
2018 were as follows: 

Profit attributable to Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

Add:    Taxation expense 

    Net finance costs 

    Depreciation and amortisation (excludes impairment) 

EBITDA 

    Rental expense 

EBITDAR 

    Net finance costs 

    Rental expense 

Fixed charges 

Fixed charge cover ratio 

Net debt to EBITDA ratio 

Fixed charge cover ratio from normalised net profit after tax(1) 

Net debt to EBITDA ratio from normalised net profit after tax(1) 
(1) Normalised EBITDAR is $551.2m (2018: $521.2m) and normalised EBITDA is $314.7m (2018: $294.2m) 

2019 

$m 

139.3 

50.3 

21.3 

86.6 

297.5 

236.1 

533.6 

21.3 

236.1 

257.4 

2.07 

1.30 

2.14 

1.23 

2018 

$m 

128.3 

48.8 

17.7 

77.3 

272.1 

232.6 

504.7 

17.7 

232.6 

250.3 

2.02 

1.55 

2.13 

1.44 

Loan Covenants 

(i)    
Financial  covenants  are  provided  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  with  respect  to  leverage,  gearing,  fixed  charges  coverage  and 
shareholder funds.  The Group has complied with the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during the 2019 and 2018 financial 
years. There are no assets pledged as security in relation to the unsecured debt in the 2019 financial year (2018: nil). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     107

21. 

Capital management (continued) 

(b) 

Dividends  

Ordinary shares 

Dividends paid by Super Retail Group Limited during the financial year were as 
follows: 

Final dividend for the period ended 30 June 2018 of 27.5 cents per share (2017: 25.0 
cents per share) paid on 2 October 2018.  Fully franked based on tax paid @ 30% 

Interim dividend for the period ended 29 December 2018 of 21.5 cents (2018: 21.5 
cents per share) paid on 28 March 2019.  Fully franked based on tax paid @ 30% 

Total dividends provided and paid 

Dividends paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of shares under the dividend 
reinvestment plan were as follows: 

-  paid in cash 

- 

satisfied by issue of shares purchased on market 

Dividends not recognised at year end 
Subsequent to year end, the Directors have declared the payment of a final dividend 
of  28.5  cents  per  ordinary  share  (2018:  27.5  cents  per  ordinary  share),  fully  franked 
based on tax paid at 30%. 
The aggregate amount of the dividend expected to be paid on 26 September 2019, 
out of retained profits as at 29 June 2019, but not recognised as a liability at year end, 
is 

Franking credits 
The  franked  portions  of  dividends  paid  after  29  June  2019  will  be  franked  out  of 
existing  franking  credits  and  out  of  franking  credits  arising  from  the  payments  of 
income tax in the years ending after 29 June 2019. 
Franking credits remaining at balance date available for dividends declared after the 
current balance date based on a tax rate of 30%  

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 

54.3 

42.4 

96.7 

95.0 

1.7 

96.7 

49.3 

42.4 

91.7 

87.0 

4.7 

91.7 

56.3 

54.3 

138.7 

142.7 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial period, adjusted for: 

-     franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability; and 

-     franking debits that will arise from the payment of the dividend as a liability at the reporting date. 

The amount recorded above as the franking credit amount is based on the amount of Australian income tax paid or to be 
paid in respect of the liability for income tax at the balance date. 

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the directors since year end will be a reduction in 
the  franking  account  of  $24.1  million  (2018:  $23.2  million).    The  recommended  dividend  has  not  been  recognised  as  a 
liability at year end. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Dividend distribution 
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of 
the entity, on or before the end of the financial period but not distributed at balance date. 

22. 

Related party transactions 

Transactions with related parties are at arm’s length unless otherwise stated. 

(a) 
The parent entity within the Group is Super Retail Group Limited, which is the ultimate Australian parent. 

Parent entities 

Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures 

(b) 
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 26 – Investments in controlled entities.  Details on associates and joint ventures can be 
found at note 23(b) – Business combinations. 

(c) 
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 27 – Key management personnel disclosures. 

Key Management Personnel 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

22. 

Related party transactions (continued) 

Directors 

(d) 
The names of the persons who were Directors of Super Retail Group Limited during the financial period are S A Pitkin, R A Rowe, D J 
Eilert, L K Inman, H L Mowlem, P D Everingham, A M Heraghty and P A Birtles. 

(e) 
Amounts due from Directors of the consolidated entity and their director-related entities are shown below in note 22(f). 

Amounts due from related parties 

(f) 

Loans to / (from) Related Parties 

Loans to / (from) Related Parties 
Loan to related parties(1) 
Loan to former related party James Woodford Pty Ltd(2) 

2019 
$ 

302,888 

850,000 

2018 
$ 

282,523 

- 

 (1) Loans to Australian Creatives Online Pty Ltd, an entity with a non-controlling interest in Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd, an associate of the Group. These 
loans were extended as part of the Group’s acquisition arrangements with Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd.  These loans are deemed to be on an arms-
length basis, attracting interest at a rate of 7.0% (2018: 7.0%). 

(2) Loan to James Woodford Pty Ltd, an entity with a controlling interest in Youcamp Pty Ltd, a former subsidiary of the Group. This loan was extended in 
an  agreement  with  James  Woodford  to  sell  all  of  the  Group’s  shares  in  Youcamp  for  a  total  consideration  of  $850,000.    As  a  result  the  Group  no 
longer has an ownership interest in Youcamp.  This loan is deemed to be on an arms-length basis, and attracts interest in accordance with the loan 
agreement at a rate of 7.0%. 

Transactions with other related parties 

(g) 
Aggregate amounts included in the determination of profit from ordinary activities 
before income tax that resulted from transactions with related parties: 

Purchase of goods and services 

Store lease payment(1) 

Inventories(2) 

2019 
$ 

2018 
$ 

12,087,041 

3,034,241 

10,789,552 

3,115,489 

(1) Rent on properties, with rates which are deemed to be on an arms-length basis.  Rent payable at year-end was nil (2018: nil). 
(2) Purchases of inventories from Robert Bosch (Australia) Pty Ltd on an arms-length basis.  Amounts payable at year-end are $78,844 (2018: $214,924). 

23. 

Business combinations 

(a) 

Subsidiaries 

2019 
The  Group’s  subsidiaries  at  29  June  2019  are  as  detailed  in  note  26  -  Investments  in  controlled  entities.    With  the  exception  of 
changes  to  the  Group’s  ownership  interest  in  Youcamp  Pty  Ltd,  detailed  below,  there  were  no  other  changes  to  the  Group’s 
ownership interest in these entities. 

Youcamp Pty Ltd – December 2018 
On 7 December 2018, the Group entered into an agreement with James Woodford Pty Ltd to sell all of its shares in Youcamp Pty Ltd 
for a total consideration of $850,000.  As a result the Group no longer has an ownership interest in Youcamp and the entity has been 
deconsolidated from December 2018.  On divestment the Group has deconsolidated Youcamp by derecognising the assets and 
liabilities  resulting  in  a  loss  on  divestment  of  $0.6  million  which  has  been  recognised  in  the  Group’s  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive income. 

2018 
During  the  2018  financial  year  the  Group  purchased  the  Macpac  group  of  companies  and  changed  its  ownership  interest  in 
Youcamp Pty Ltd as detailed below. 

Macpac Holding Pty Ltd – March 2018 
On 20 February 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of the Macpac group of companies.  Settlement was 
completed on 5 April 2018 with an effective date of 31 March 2018.  The Macpac group of companies is consolidated as part of the 
Group from this date. 

Macpac is a vertically integrated outdoor apparel and equipment retailer with 54 stores throughout New Zealand and Australia.  In 
addition to its retail stores, Macpac sells to commercial customers and export distributors in Europe, Japan and in the USA. 

The  acquired  business  contributed  revenue  and  net  profit  after  tax  (NPAT)  to  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2018  of 
$31,391,000 and $5,718,000 respectively.  If the acquisition had occurred on 2 July 2017 the Group’s revenue and NPAT for the year 
would have been $2,633,701,000 and $132,477,000 respectively. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     109

23. 

Business combinations (continued) 

(a) 

Subsidiaries (continued) 

Purchase consideration: 

Cash 

Total 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Inventories 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Payables and provisions 

Deferred taxes 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

2018 
$m 
138.3 

138.3 

2018 
Restated 
$m 
4.5 

1.0 

27.0 

5.9 

44.5 

(12.6) 

(11.3) 

(0.3) 

58.7 

The fair value of receivables acquired includes trade receivables with a fair value of $461,000.  The gross amount due is $473,000 of 
which $12,000 is considered doubtful. 

At 30 June 2018, the Group had completed the accounting for the acquisition of Macpac on a provisional basis.  The finalisation of 
the assessment of the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired has resulted in adjustments to previously reported 
items and a corresponding adjustment to goodwill (refer note 10). 

Goodwill arising on acquisition: 

Consideration transferred 

Less: fair value of net identifiable assets acquired 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

2018 
Restated 
$m 

138.3 

(58.7) 

79.6 

The goodwill recognised in relation to the acquisition of Macpac is attributable to the skills and technical talent of the employees of 
the  acquisition  and  the  synergies  expected  to  be  achieved  from  integrating  the  business  into  the  Group’s  existing  operations.  
Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax. 

Net cash outflow on acquisition of subsidiaries: 

Transaction costs (included in operating cash flows) 

Cash consideration paid 

Cash balance acquired 

Outflow of cash 

2018 
$m 
4.0 

138.3 

(4.5) 

137.8 

Youcamp Pty Ltd – October 2017 
On 13 October 2017, the shareholders of Youcamp Pty Ltd, entered into an agreement to issue shares resulting in an increase in the 
Group’s ownership interest  from  51.0%  to  58.68%.   In  recognising  the  change in ownership, the  Group  reassessed  the  value  of  the 
Group’s non-controlling interest (NCI) held in Equity Reserves at the grant date, 13 October 2017, to reflect the change in NCI from 
49.0% to 41.32%.  The differential was transferred to a separate NCI Equity Reserve. 

(b) 

Associates and joint ventures 

2019 
Autocrew Australia Pty Ltd – June 2019 
During  the  period  the  Group  injected  additional  capital  of  $675,000  into  Autocrew  Australia  Pty  Ltd,  a  joint  venture  with  Robert 
Bosch (Australia) Pty Ltd where the Group has a 50% ownership interest.  Autocrew opened its second workshop in February 2019.  
Equity accounted losses of $0.5 million are included in the Group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  Based on 
initial trading results the value of the Groups investment in Autocrew has been impaired to nil resulting in a further loss of $0.6 million 
also being recognised in the Group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

2018 
Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd – February 2018 
On 19 February 2018, the shareholders of Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd, entered into an agreement with OUTsurance Holdings Limited to 
subscribe for and acquire shares in Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd.  The transaction has resulted in a decrease in the Group’s ownership 
interest from 63.1% to 49.5% and loss of control.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

23. 

(b) 

Business combinations (continued) 

Associates and joint ventures (continued) 

As  a  result  of  the  loss  of  control  of  Autoguru  the  entity  has  been  deconsolidated  from  March  2018  and  equity  accounted  as  an 
associate.    On  loss  of  control  the  Group  deconsolidated  Autoguru  by  derecognising  the  assets  and  liabilities  and  revaluing  its 
investment  in  Autoguru  to  fair  value  resulting  in  a  gain  of  $6.9  million  which  was  recognised  in  other  income  in  the  Group’s 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.  Trading and equity accounted losses of $2.2 million were also included in the 
Group’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Autocrew Australia Pty Ltd – August 2017 
On  15  August  2017  the  Group  acquired  a  50%  ownership  interest  in  Autocrew  Australia  Pty  Ltd  in  joint  venture with  Robert  Bosch 
(Australia) Pty Ltd for $325,000.  The joint venture was established to open full service auto workshops initially in the Greater Sydney 
area.  The first ‘AutoCrew – Powered by Supercheap Auto’ pilot workshop opened in June 2018 and offers drivers a full automotive 
service powered by Bosch’s superior diagnostic and workshops technology.   

24. 

Deed of cross guarantee 

Super  Retail  Group  Limited,  A-Mart  All  Sports  Pty  Ltd,  Auto  Trade  Direct  Pty  Ltd,  Workout  World  Pty  Ltd,  Coyote  Retail  Pty  Limited, 
Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd, Goldcross Cycles Pty Ltd, Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd, Rebel Pty Ltd, Rebel Group Limited, Rebel Management 
Services  Pty  Limited,  Rebel  Sport  Limited,  Rebel  Wholesale  Pty  Limited,  Rebelsport.com  Pty  Limited,  SCA  Equity  Plan  Pty  Ltd,  SRG 
Leisure Retail Pty Ltd, SRGS Pty Ltd, Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd, Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd and Super Retail Group Services Pty 
Ltd are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of the others. By entering into the 
Deed, the wholly owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and directors’ report under 
ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

(a) 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement and Summary of Movements in Consolidated Retained Earnings 

The above companies represent a Closed Group for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the Deed 
of Cross Guarantee that are controlled by Super Retail Group Limited, they also represent the Extended Closed Group. 

Set out below is a consolidated comprehensive income statement and a summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
for the period ended 29 June 2019 of the Closed Group. 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement 

Revenue from continuing operations 

Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Cost of sales of goods 

Other expenses from ordinary activities 

  - selling and distribution 

  - marketing 

  - occupancy 

  - administration 

Net finance costs 

Share of net loss of associates and joint ventures 

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

2019 

$m 

2,441.4 

1.6 

2,443.0 

2018 
Restated 

$m 

2,395.4 

5.8 

2,401.2 

(1,346.9) 

(1,323.8) 

(314.8) 

(73.3) 

(193.6) 

(306.7) 

(20.8) 

(2.6) 

(312.6) 

(78.4) 

(202.5) 

(304.3) 

(16.9) 

(1.0) 

(2,258.7) 

(2,239.5) 

184.3 

(51.6) 

132.7 

$m 

132.7 

(4.9) 

(4.9) 

127.8 

161.7 

(45.1) 

116.6 

$m 

116.6 

4.8 

4.8 

121.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     111

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

24. 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

(a) 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement and Summary of Movements in Consolidated Retained Earnings 
(continued) 

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial period 
Profit for the period 
Dividends paid  

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

(b) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 29 June 2019 of the Closed Group. 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Current tax receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Other financial assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities  
Current tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Interest-bearing liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained profits 

TOTAL EQUITY 

2019 
$m 
209.5 
132.7 
(96.7) 

245.5 

2019 
$m 
- 
28.1 
489.7 
1.9 
2.8 

522.5 

277.7 
243.3 
761.9 

1,282.9 

1,805.4 

415.3 
11.4 
- 
6.2 
98.8 

531.7 

48.1 
390.8 
17.2 
19.2 

475.3 

1,007.0 

798.4 

542.3 
10.6 
245.5 

798.4 

2018 
Restated 
$m 
184.6 
116.6 
(91.7) 

209.5 

2018 
Restated 
$m 
- 
17.9 
491.5 
- 
5.2 

514.6 

182.9 
250.3 
761.1 

1,194.3 

1,708.9 

316.3 
5.7 
6.8 
1.5 
100.1 

430.4 

48.3 
435.1 
7.9 
21.2 

512.5 

942.9 

766.0 

542.3 
14.2 
209.5 

766.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

25. 

Parent entity financial information 

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts: 

Balance Sheet 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

Contributed equity 

Reserves 

-  share-based payments 

-  cash flow hedges 

Retained earnings 

Total Equity 

Profit after tax for the period 

Total comprehensive income 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 
$m 

265.8 

1,072.1 

35.9 

423.5 

648.6 

542.3 

12.9 

(4.3) 

97.7 

648.6 

111.8 

108.5 

2018 
$m 

274.2 

1,078.9 

14.7 

443.4 

635.5 

542.3 

11.6 

(1.0) 

82.6 

635.5 

136.6 

136.8 

Parent entity financial information 
The  financial  information  for  the  parent  entity,  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  has  been  prepared  on  the  same  basis  as  the 
consolidated financial statements, except as set out below. 

Investments in subsidiaries  
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Super Retail Group Limited. 

Tax consolidation legislation 
Super  Retail  Group  Limited  and  its  wholly-owned  Australian  controlled  entities  have  implemented  the  tax  consolidation 
legislation. 

The head entity, Super Retail Group Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group account for current and 
deferred tax amounts under the Separate taxpayer within Group approach in accordance with AASB Interpretation 1052, Tax 
Consolidation Accounting.  

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Super Retail Group Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or 
assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the 
tax consolidated group. 

The  entities  have  also  entered  into  a  tax  funding  agreement  under  which  the  wholly-owned  entities  fully  compensate  Super 
Retail Group Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Super Retail Group Limited for any current 
tax  receivable  and  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  unused  tax  losses  or  unused  tax  credits  that  are  transferred  to  Super  Retail 
Group  Limited  under  the  tax  consolidation  legislation.    The  funding  amounts  are  determined  by  reference  to  the  amounts 
recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.  

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head 
entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year.  The head entity may also require payment of 
interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

Assets  or  liabilities  arising  under  tax  funding agreements with  the  tax  consolidated entities are  recognised  as  current  amounts 
receivable  from  or  payable  to  other  entities  in  the  Group.    Any  difference  between  the  amounts  assumed  and  amounts 
receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned 
tax consolidated entities. 

Financial guarantees 
Where  the  parent  entity  has  provided  financial  guarantees  in  relation  to  loans  and  payables  of  subsidiaries  for  no 
compensation, the fair values of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the 
investment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     113

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

26. 

Investments in controlled entities 

The Group’s subsidiaries at 29 June 2019 are set out below.  Unless otherwise stated, they have share capital consisting of ordinary 
shares that are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the Group.  
The country of incorporation is also their principal place of business. 

Name of Entity 

A-Mart All Sports Pty Ltd(1) 

Auto Trade Direct (NZ) Limited 

Auto Trade Direct Pty Ltd(1)  

BCF New Zealand Limited 

Workout World Pty Limited(1)(2) 

Coyote Retail Pty Limited(1) 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

Principal Activities 

Sports retail 

Auto retail 

Auto retail 

Outdoor retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Macpac New Zealand Limited(5) 

New Zealand 

Outdoor retail 

Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd(1) 

Goldcross Cycles Pty Ltd(1) 

Infinite Retail Pty Ltd 

VBM Retail (HK) Limited(3) 

Infinite Retail UK Limited(3) 

VBM Retail NZ Limited(3) 

Macpac Holdings Pty Ltd 

Macpac Group Holdings Limited 

Macpac Retail Pty Ltd 

Macpac Limited 

Macpac Enterprise 

MP Finco Limited 

Mouton Noir Management Pty Ltd 

Mouton NOIR IP Limited 

Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd 

Oceania Bicycles Limited(4)  

Ray’s Outdoors New Zealand Limited 

Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd(1) 

Rebel Pty Ltd(1) 

Rebel Group Limited(1) 

Rebel Management Services Pty Limited(1) 

Rebel Sport Limited(1) 

Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited(1) 

Rebelsport.com Pty Limited(1) 

SCA Equity Plan Pty Ltd 

SRG Leisure Retail Pty Ltd(1)  

SRGS (New Zealand) Limited  

SRGS Pty Ltd(1) 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Hong Kong 

United Kingdom 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

New Zealand 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

Australia 

New Zealand 

New Zealand 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Sports retail 

Investments 

Outdoor retail 

New Zealand 

Product acquisition and distribution 

Australia 

Product acquisition and distribution 

Super Cheap Auto (New Zealand) Pty Ltd 

New Zealand 

Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd(1) 

Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd(1) 

Australia 

Australia 

Super Retail Group Services (New Zealand) Limited 

New Zealand 

Super Retail Group Services Pty Ltd(1) 

Super Retail Group Trading (Shanghai) Ltd 

Australia 

China 

Auto retail 

Auto retail 

Auto retail 

Support services 

Support services 

Product sourcing 

Equity Holding 

2019 
% 

2018 
% 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

95 

95 

95 

95 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

95 

95 

95 

95 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Youcamp Pty Ltd(6) 
(1)  These  controlled  entities  have  been  granted  relief  from  the  necessity  to  prepare  financial  reports  in  accordance  with  ASIC  Corporations  (Wholly-

Leisure services 

Australia 

58.68 

- 

owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued  by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

(2) Previously known as Coyote Retail Investments Pty Limited. 
(3) Investment is held directly by Infinite Retail Pty Ltd. 
(4) Investment is held directly by Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd. 
(5) Previously known as FCO New Zealand Limited. 
(6) Ceased to be a subsidiary in December 2018 – refer note 23(a) - Business combinations. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

27. 

Key management personnel disclosures 

(a) 

Key management personnel compensation 

Short-term employee benefits 

Long-term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Share-based payments 

2019 

$ 

2018 

$ 

5,638,821 

5,768,055 

114,843 

929,632 

(169,235) 

6,514,061 

54,336 

184,258 

543,148 

6,549,797 

The key management personnel remuneration in some instances has been paid by a subsidiary. 

Loans to key management personnel 
There were no loans to individuals at any time. 

Other transactions with key management personnel 
Aggregate amounts of each of the above types of other transactions with key management personnel of Super Retail Group 
Limited: 

Amounts paid to key management personnel as shareholders 

Dividends  

2019 

$ 

2018 

$ 

30,133,125 

28,538,241 

28. 

Share-based payments 

(a) 

Executive Performance Rights 

The  Company  has  established  the  Super  Retail  Group  Executive  Performance  Rights  Plan  (Performance  Rights)  to  assist  in  the 
retention and motivation of executives of Super Retail Group (Participants).  It is intended that the Performance Rights will enable 
the  Company  to  retain  and  attract  skilled  and  experienced  executives  and  provide  them  with  the  motivation  to  enhance  the 
success of the Company. 

Under  the  Performance  Rights,  rights  may  be  offered  to  Participants  selected  by  the  Board.    Unless  otherwise  determined  by  the 
Board, no payment is required for the grant of rights under the Rights Plan.   

Subject to any adjustment in the event of a bonus issue, each right is an option to subscribe for one Share.  Upon the exercise of a 
right by a Participant, each Share issued will rank equally with other Shares of the Company. 

Performance Rights issued under the plan may not be transferred unless approved by the Board.  The table below summarises rights 
granted under the plan. 

Number of Rights Issued  

Grant Date 
2019 
1 September 2015 
1 September 2016 
1 September 2017 
1 September 2018 

2018 
1 September 2014 
1 September 2015 
1 September 2016 
1 September 2017 

Balance at 
start of the 
year 
(Number) 
511,500 
536,775 

724,862 
- 
1,773,137 

479,724 
546,500 
571,775 
- 
1,597,999 

Granted 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
- 
- 

- 
622,684 
622,684 

- 
- 
- 

734,862 
734,862 

Exercised 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
(143,731) 
- 

- 
- 
(143,731) 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

Forfeited 
during the 
year 
(Number) 
(231,062) 
(83,240) 

(90,946) 
(30,000) 
(435,248) 

(479,724) 
(35,000) 
(35,000) 

(10,000) 
(559,724) 

Balance at 
the end of 
the year 
(Number) 
136,707 
453,535 

633,916 
592,684 
1,816,842 

- 
511,500 
536,775 

724,862 
1,773,137 

Unvested at 
the end of 
the year 
(Number) 
136,707 
453,535 

633,916 
592,684 
1,816,842 

- 
511,500 
536,775 

724,862 
1,773,137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     115

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

28. 

Share-based payments (continued) 

Expenses arising from share based payments transactions: 

Executive Performance Rights 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2019 
$m 
1.3 

2018 
$m 
1.1 

Share-based payments 
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to certain employees via the Super Retail Group Performance Rights Plan. 

The  fair  value  of  performance  rights  granted  under  the  plan  are  recognised  as  an  employee  benefit  expense  with  a 
corresponding increase in equity.  The fair value is measured at grant date and recognised over the period during which the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the performance rights. 

For performance rights, the fair value at grant date is determined using a Binomial option pricing model that takes into account 
the  exercise  price,  the  term  of  the  performance  rights,  the  vesting  and  performance  criteria,  the  impact  of  dilution,  the  non-
tradeable nature of the performance rights, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, 
the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the performance rights. 

The  fair  value  of  the  performance  rights  granted  excludes  the  impact  of  any  non-market  vesting  conditions  (for  example, 
profitability  and  sales  growth  targets).    Non-market  vesting  conditions  are  included  in  assumptions  about  the  number  of 
performance rights that are expected to become exercisable.  At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimate of the 
number  of  performance  rights  that  are  expected  to  become  exercisable.    The  employee  benefit  expense  recognised  each 
period takes into account the most recent estimate. 

Upon exercise of the performance rights, the balance of the share-based payments reserve relating to those performance rights 
remains in the share-based payments reserve. 

29. 

Remuneration of auditors 

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and non-related audit firms.   

2019 
$ 

2018 
$ 

(a) 
(i) 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

Assurance services 

Audit and review of financial statements 

Other assurance(1) 

Total remuneration for audit  and other assurance services 

(ii) 

Taxation services 

Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns 

Total remuneration for taxation services 

(iii) 

Other services 

Customs prudential review 

Digital advertising advisory 

Workshop facilitation 

Total remuneration for advisory services 

807,976 

13,407 

821,383 

295,484 

295,484 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total remuneration of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

1,116,867 

585,570 

44,721 

630,291 

394,329 

394,329 

18,500 

49,572 

51,601 

119,673 

1,144,293 

(b)  Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
(i) 

Taxation services 

Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns 

Total remuneration for taxation services 

Total remuneration of network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

Total auditors’ remuneration 
(1) Cyber security review. 

56,283 

56,283 

56,283 

66,924 

66,924 

66,924 

1,173,150 

1,211,217 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

29. 

Remuneration of auditors (continued) 

It  is  the  Group’s  policy  to  employ  PricewaterhouseCoopers  on  assignments  additional  to  their  statutory  audit  duties  where 
PricewaterhouseCoopers’  expertise  and  experience  with  the  Group  are  important.    These  assignments  are  principally  tax  advice 
and due diligence reporting on acquisitions, or where PricewaterhouseCoopers is awarded assignments on a competitive basis.  It is 
the Group’s policy to seek competitive tenders for all major consulting projects.  The Board has considered the non-audit services 
provided  during  the  year  by  the  auditor,  and  in  accordance  with  written  advice  provided  by  resolution  of  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee, is satisfied that the provision of those non-audit services during the year by the auditor is compatible with, and did not 
compromise, the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

30. 

Contingencies 

2019 

$m 

2018 

$m 

Guarantees 
Guarantees issued by the bankers of the Group in support of various rental  
arrangements.  

The maximum future rental payments guaranteed amount to: 

5.2 

5.5 

The Group continues to work with the Fair Work Ombudsman as the underpayment of retail managers and set-up team members is 
remediated.  This may result in further amounts being payable. 

From time to time the Group is subject to legal claims as a result of its operations.  An immaterial contingent liability may exist for any 
exposure over and above current provisioning levels. 

31. 

Commitments 

Capital commitments 
Commitments for the acquisition of plant and equipment contracted for at the 
reporting date but not recognised as liabilities payable: 

Within one year 

Total capital commitments 

Lease commitments 
Commitments in relation to operating lease payments for property and motor vehicles 
under non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows: 

Within one year 

Later than one year but not later than five years 

Later than five years 

Less lease straight lining adjustment (note 11) 

Total lease commitments 

Future minimum lease payments expected to be received in relation to non-
cancellable sub-leases of operating leases 

2019 
$m 

2018 
$m 

0.9 

0.9 

2.9 

2.9 

224.1 

655.5 

132.6 

(54.9) 

957.2 

3.2 

222.1 

654.2 

132.8 

(54.6) 

954.5 

3.1 

The Group leases various offices, warehouses and retail stores under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have 
varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal the terms of the leases are renegotiated.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     117

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

31. 

Commitments (continued) 

Finance leases 
The Group leases various plant and equipment with a carrying amount of $8.1 million (2018: $9.9 million) under finance leases 
expiring within five years. 

Commitments in relation to finance leases are payable as follows: 

Within one year 

Later than one year but not later than five years 

Minimum lease payments 

Future finance charges 

Total lease liabilities 

Representing lease liabilities: 

Current (note 12) 

Non-current (note 12) 

32. 

Net tangible asset backing  

Net tangible asset per ordinary share 

2019 
$m 

3.6 

3.9 

7.5 

(0.3) 

7.2 

3.4 

3.8 

7.2 

2018 
$m 

3.2 

6.8 

10.0 

(0.5) 

9.5 

3.0 

6.5 

9.5 

2019 

Cents 

($0.01) 

2018 
Restated 

Cents 

($0.20) 

Net tangible asset per ordinary share is calculated based on Net Assets of $816.0 million (2018: $775.2 million) less intangible assets of 
$894.2 million (2018: $891.6 million) adjusted for the associated deferred tax liability of $75.3 million (2018: $76.2 million).  The number 
of shares used in the calculation was 197,383,751 (2018: 197,240,020). 

33. 

Events occurring after balance date 

No matter or circumstance has arisen since 29 June 2019 that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 

the Group’s operations in future financial years; or 
the results of those operations in future financial years; or 
the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

In the Directors’ opinion: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

the  financial statements  and  notes  set  out  on  pages  65  to  117  are in  accordance with  the Corporations Act  2001, 
including: 
(i) 

complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional 
reporting requirements; and 
giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  consolidated  entity's  financial  position  as  at  29  June  2019  and  of  its 
performance for the financial period ended on that date; and 

(ii) 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Compacny will be able to pay its debts as and when they become 
due and payable; and 
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed 
Group  identified  in  note  24  will  be  able  to  meet  any  obligations  or  liabilities  to  which  they  are,  or  may  become, 
subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 24. 

Note  2(a)  confirms  that  the  financial  statements  also  comply with International  Financial Reporting  Standards as issued  by 
the International Accounting Standards Board. 

The  Directors  have  been  given  the  declarations  by  the  Group  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  required  by 
section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors. 

S A Pitkin 
Director 

Brisbane 
14 August 2019 

A M Heraghty 
Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     119

Independent auditor’s report 
To the members of Super Retail Group Limited 

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The accompanying financial report of Super Retail Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled 
entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(a)  giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 29 June 2019 and of its financial 

performance for the period from 1 July 2018 to 29 June 2019 (the period)  

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial report comprises: 
● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period ended 29 June 2019 
the consolidated balance sheet as at 29 June 2019 
the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period ended 29 June 2019 
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the period  ended 29 June 2019 
the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant 
accounting policies 
the directors’ declaration. 

● 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 
section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with the Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001 
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

 
 
  
 
 
120   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

Our audit approach 

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 
material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion 
on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management structure of the 
Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

Materiality 

●  For the purpose of our audit we used an overall Group materiality of $9.5 million, which represents 

approximately 5% of the Group’s profit before tax. 

●  We applied this threshold, together with qualitative considerations, to determine the scope of our audit and 
the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements on the 
financial report as a whole. 

●  We chose Group profit before tax because, in our view, it is the benchmark against which the performance of 

the Group is most commonly measured. 

●  We utilised a 5% threshold based on our professional judgement, noting it is within the range of commonly 

acceptable thresholds.  

Audit Scope 

●  Our audit focused on where the Group made subjective judgements; for example, significant accounting 

estimates involving assumptions and inherently uncertain future events. 

●  The Group is now segmented into four brands - SCA, BCF, Rebel and Macpac, and operates in three 

countries - Australia, New Zealand and China. The financial report is a consolidation of wholly owned and 
controlled subsidiaries. The Group accounting processes happen mainly in the Group head office finance 
function in Brisbane, supported by finance teams in Sydney and Christchurch, New Zealand.  

●  Our audit procedures were mostly performed at this head office and the Macpac office in New Zealand and 
also included site visits to stores and distribution centres in Australia and New Zealand to perform audit 
procedures over inventory. Our team included specialists in information technology and taxation and 
experts in data, payroll and valuations. 

 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     121

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a particular audit 
procedure is made in that context. We communicated the key audit matters to the Audit and Risk 
Committee. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Inventory valuation and provisions 
Refer to Note 8 (Inventories), $560.2 million 

Stock loss provision   

The valuation of inventory and provisions for stock 
loss, stock valuation and attributable overheads was a 
key audit matter because of the judgements involved in 
the areas described below.  

Stock loss provision  

As inventory was counted by the Group on a cyclical 
basis during the period, rather than in full at the end of 
the period, the stock loss provision at 29 June 2019 
contained a degree of estimation as to the quantity and 
value of projected stock items for items not counted at 
the period end date.  

Stock valuation provision  

Inventory was recognised at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value based on a rolling average selling price. 
The determination of the net realisable value of 
inventory of a seasonal and discontinued nature 
required a degree of estimation as to the clearance 
margin for these stock items at balance date.  

Attributable overheads  

There was judgement involved in how much of the 
directly attributable overheads associated with 
bringing inventory to its final destination for sale are 
recognised as part of the cost of inventory.   

●  We attended a sample of stock counts 

throughout the period at selected retail stores, 
performing independent test counts. In 
considering the results of stock counts not 
observed, we obtained a sample of count 
sheets and evaluated any differences 
identified.   

●  For the cyclical counts we attended, we 
obtained rollforward schedules showing 
activity in the period between the stock count 
date and period end date. We used the results 
of our cyclical counts to reconcile opening 
balances, and period ended closing balances 
were reconciled to the general ledger.   

●  We re-performed the calculation for the 

projected stock variance.  

Stock valuation provision   

●  For a sample of individual products, we 

compared the recognised costs to the relevant 
invoice and recalculated the allocation of 
directly attributable costs.   

●  We compared the carrying value at period end 

date to the most recent sales price for a 
sample of inventory items.   

●  For a sample of seasonal and discontinued 

inventory items, we compared the last stock 
movement date to the relevant invoice and 
assessed the mark down margin assigned to 
that stock item by checking the current retail 
prices of the items in stores.  

Attributable overheads   

●  On a sample basis, we considered the nature 
of overhead costs capitalised by reading their 
description on supporting documentation, 
having regards to the types of costs allowable 
by Australian Accounting Standards.   

 
 
122   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

Carrying value of tangible and intangible 
assets 
Note 10 (Intangible assets), $526.5 million goodwill, 
$253.3 million brand names and $114.4 million 
computer software  
Note 9 (Property, plant and equipment), $267.9 
million 

Goodwill and brand names  

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating 
units (CGUs) identified according to the group of assets 
based on acquisition. During the period, the reporting 
structure changed for the previous Outdoor segment, 
splitting CGUs and operating segments into BCF and 
Macpac.  As required by the Australian Accounting 
Standards, the value of goodwill for BCF and Macpac 
was allocated to the new CGUs using the relative fair 
value approach. The brand values attributed for Rebel 
and Macpac remained unchanged.  

During the annual review for impairment, the 
recoverable amount for each CGU was determined 
based on a discounted cash flow valuation model which 
relied on the directors’ assumptions and estimates of 
future trading performance. The key assumptions 
applied by the directors in the valuation models were:   

●  CGU-specific discount rates   
future revenue growth   
● 
gross margin. 
● 

The carrying value of goodwill and brand names was a 
key audit matter because of the judgements involved in 
determining the discount rate, the estimated future 
revenue growth and the potential future return from 
use of the brand name.  

●  We checked the mathematical accuracy of the 
calculation of the overhead costs attributed to 
inventory and compared the amount to the 
accounting records.  

Goodwill and brand names 

Amongst other procedures, we assessed the valuation 
models by:   

●  Obtaining and evaluating the Group’s 

assessment of segments and CGUs in light of 
the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards. 

●  Checking the mathematical accuracy of all 

calculations in the models.   

●  Assessing the discount rates used in the 

valuation models, with support from PwC 
valuation experts, by comparing the rates to 
our internal benchmark data and performing 
an independent calculation.   

●  Comparing the forecasted growth rates to 

relevant historical Group actual results and 
industry data including forecasts.   

●  Comparing the gross margins to historical 

Group data.   

●  Evaluating the information included in the 

● 

valuation models against our knowledge of the 
Group gained through reviewing the strategic 
initiatives and meeting with managing 
directors and commercial managers from each 
segment.   
Stress-testing the key assumptions in the 
models, including: future revenue growth, 
trading margins and discount rates; and 
noting that the valuation under these 
sensitivities was within an acceptable range, 
which was determined taking into account 
market data and historical data.   

●  Evaluated the Group’s assessment that the 

useful lives of indefinite life brand name 
remained appropriate at period end. This 
included discussions with management to 
develop an understanding of the Group’s 
future strategy. 

Computer software  

Computer software  

The Group has undertaken significant development of 
software in relation to the omni-channel customer 
programme and omni-channel supply chain and 
inventory programme. The valuation of computer 
software was a key audit matter because of the 
judgments involved in assessing whether the 
recognition criteria of Australian Accounting Standards 

For a sample of software capitalised during the period, 
we performed the following procedures, amongst 
others:   

●  Assessed the nature of the costs capitalised in 

light of the requirements of Australian 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     123

had been met and in estimating the useful life of 
software.  

Property Plant & Equipment  

Accounting Standards.   

●  Evaluated the reasonableness of the estimated 

useful life estimated for software by 
comparing it to industry benchmark data.  

The directors determined that each retail store 
represented a separate CGU when undertaking the 
impairment tests. Corporate assets were included 
within the valuation assessment of the key segments 
(SCA, Rebel, BCF, and Macpac).  

The valuation of property plant & equipment was a key 
audit matter because of the key assumptions and 
judgements applied by the directors in the impairment 
tests were:   

● 
● 

the individual retail store contribution margin   
the strategic initiatives in place for individual 
stores with negative Group contribution 
margins.  

Property Plant & Equipment  

We performed the following procedures, amongst 
others:   

●  Obtained management’s assessment of the 

profitability of all individual stores and their 
contribution margin to the Group   
●  Considered and discussed the strategic 
initiatives for stores with negative 
contributions to the Group during meetings 
with commercial managers for each brand.   

Provision for Underpayment of employees 
Note 14 (Provisions) $44.3 million 

In assessing the provision for additional overtime and 
allowance payments, our procedures included the 
following:   

The Group undertook a review of employee 
arrangements during the period following on from the 
identification of underpayment of Store Set-up 
employees in the previous financial period.   

The Group’s review identified underpayment of 
overtime and some allowances to retail managers and 
determined an estimate for the period 2013 to 2018 
with respect to this underpayment.  

As required by Australian Accounting Standards, this  
was accounted for as a prior period error and the 
Group restated each of the affected financial statement 
line items in the opening balance sheet. 

This was considered a key audit matter due to the key 
assumptions included in the critical estimate. 

●  Developed an understanding of the basis for 
management’s best estimate of the provision 
and the nature of the estimation uncertainty 
at balance date. 

●  Assessed the objectivity and competence of 
management’s experts who assisted them in 
the interpretation of the General Retail 
Industry Award (GRIA) and the preparation 
of a model to calculate the underpayment in 
accordance with that interpretation. 
●  Obtained the assumptions utilised by 

management’s experts’ in developing the 
estimate. 

●  Together with PwC data and payroll experts, 

we evaluated management’s experts 
methodologies in preparing a model.  

●  Taking into account the above procedures, we 
tested a sample of calculations and evaluated 
the results.  

●  Tested the mathematical accuracy of the 

provision and its appropriateness in light of 
the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards.  

We also considered the adequacy of the disclosures 
made in the financial statements, including their 
appropriateness under Australian Accounting 
Standards.  

 
 
124   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report for the period ended 29 June 2019, but does not include the financial report 
and our auditor’s report thereon.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of 
this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the Auditing 
and Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. 
This description forms part of our auditor's report. 

 
 
 
  
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     125

Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 40 to 63 for the period ended 29 June 2019. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Super Retail Group Limited for the period ended 29 June 2019 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration 
report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards.  

Matters relating to the electronic presentation of the audited financial report 

This auditor’s report relates to the financial report of Super Retail Group Limited for the period ended 29 
June 2019 included on Super Retail Group Limited's web site. The directors of the Company are 
responsible for the integrity of Super Retail Group Limited's web site. We have not been engaged to report 
on the integrity of this web site.  The auditor’s report refers only to the financial report named above.  It 
does not provide an opinion on any other information which may have been hyperlinked to/from the 
financial report. If users of this report are concerned with the inherent risks arising from electronic data 
communications they are advised to refer to the hard copy of the audited financial report to confirm the 
information included in the audited financial report presented on this web site. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Kim Challenor 
Partner 

Brisbane 
14 August 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126   S U P E R   R E T A I L   G RO U P   L I M IT E D  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 19

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 9 August 2019. 

Number of Shareholders 

There were 10,084 shareholders, holding 197,383,751 fully paid ordinary shares. 

A. 

Distribution of equity securities 

Analysis of numbers of equity security holders by size of holding: 

Range 

1-1000 

1,001-5,000 

5,001-10,000 

10,001-100,000 

100,001 and over 

Total 

Ordinary Shareholders 

Performance Rights &  
Option holders 

5,100 

4,045 

598 

298 

43 

10,084 

- 

3 

11 

41 

4 

59 

There were 560 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares. 

B. 

Equity security holders 

The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted equity securities are listed below: 

Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

SCCASP HOLDINGS PTY LTD 

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

MR PETER ALAN BIRTLES 

MR PETER ALAN BIRTLES 

AMP LIFE LIMITED 

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

CS THIRD NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED 

SANTOS L HELPER PTY LTD 

Ordinary shares 

Number held 

Percentage of 
issued shares 

56,575,423 

47,560,649 

20,970,497 

20,129,437 

9,133,064 

4,444,375 

2,316,866 

1,363,697 

1,078,703 

722,334 

675,000 

665,000 

662,776 

613,116 

567,302 

547,135 

535,391 

532,424 

511,597 

506,215 

28.66% 

24.10% 

10.62% 

10.20% 

4.63% 

2.25% 

1.17% 

0.69% 

0.55% 

0.37% 

0.34% 

0.34% 

0.34% 

0.31% 

0.29% 

0.28% 

0.27% 

0.27% 

0.26% 

0.26% 

170,111,001 

86.20% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S U P E R   R ET A I L   G R O U P   L I MI T ED  A N N UA L   R E P OR T   2 0 1 9     127

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION (continued) 
For the period ended 29 June 2019 

C. 

Substantial shareholdings 

As at 9 August 2019, there are five substantial shareholders that the Company is aware of: 

Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD  

MITSUBISHI UFJ FINANCIAL GROUP, INC 

VINVA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 

UBS GROUP AG 

BLACKROCK GROUP 

D. 

Unquoted equity securities 

Ordinary shares 
Number held 

Percentage of issued 
shares 

Date of most  
Recent notice 

56,954,670 

13,614,792 

12,007,196 

10,022,757 

10,678,954 

28.99% 

6.90% 

6.09% 

5.02% 

5.41% 

02/08/2013 

02/08/2019 

02/08/2018 

26/07/2019 

15/03/2019 

As at 14 August 2019, there were 1,816,842 unlisted performance rights, granted to 59 holders, over unissued ordinary shares in the 
Company. 

E. 

Voting rights 

The voting rights relating to each class of equity securities is as follows: 

a)  Ordinary Shares 
On a show of hands at a General Meeting of the Company, every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and 
upon poll each person present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each ordinary share held. 

b)  Options and Performance Rights 
Performance Rights and Options do not have any voting rights. 

F. 

Market buy-back 

There is currently no on market buy-back.

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
128

Corporate 
Directory

Name of Entity 
SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED  

ABN  
81 108 676 204

Company Secretary 
Mr Peter Lim

Principal Registered Office  
751 Gympie Road 
LAWNTON   QLD   4501   Australia 
Telephone:  +61 7 3482 7900 
Facsimile:   +61 7 3205 8522

Website Address 
www.superretailgroup.com.au 

Securities Exchange 
Super Retail Group Limited 
(SUL) shares are quoted on the 
Australian Securities Exchange 

Share Registry 
Link Market Services 
Level 12, 680 George Street   
SYDNEY   NSW   2000   Australia 

Telephone: 
1300 554 474  
+61 2 8280 7100 
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Solicitors 
King & Wood Mallesons  

Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers

KEY DATES FOR SHAREHOLDERS

Event 

Date(1)

Annual General Meeting (2) 

22 October 2019

Final Dividend Ex-Date   

23 August 2019

Final Dividend Record Date  

26 August 2019

Full Year DRP Election Date 

27 August 2019

Full Year Dividend Payment Date   26 September 2019

Interim Results Announcement 

20 February 2020

Interim Dividend Ex-Date 

28 February 2020

Interim Dividend Record Date 

2 March 2020

Interim DRP Election Date 

3 March 2020

Interim Dividend Payment Date 

2 April 2020

(1)  If there are any changes to these dates, the Australian Securities 

Exchange will be notified accordingly.

(2)  The 2019 Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders of  

Super Retail Group Limited will be held at the PwC Offices,  
Apollo Room Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane Queensland.

Quantium NAB Data Disclaimer 
This report comprises, and is the subject of intellectual property 
(including copyright) and confidentiality rights of one or multiple 
owners, including The Quantium Group Pty Limited (Quantium) 
and where applicable, its third-party data owners (Data Providers), 
together (IP Owners). The information contained in this report may 
have been prepared using raw data owned by the Data Providers. 
The Data Providers have not been involved in the analysis of the raw 
data, the preparation of, or the information contained in the report. 
The IP Owners do not make any representation (express or implied), 
nor give any guarantee or warranty in relation to the accuracy, 
completeness or appropriateness of the raw data, nor the analysis 
contained in this report. None of the IP Owners will have any liability for 
any use or disclosure by the recipient of any information contained in, 
or derived from this report. To the maximum extent permitted by law, 
the IP Owners expressly disclaim, take no responsibility for and have 
no liability for the preparation, contents, accuracy or completeness of 
this report, nor the analysis on which it is based. This report is provided 
in confidence, may only be used for the purpose provided, and may 
not be copied, reproduced, distributed, disclosed or made available 
to a third party in any way except strictly in accordance with the 
applicable written terms and conditions between you and Quantium, 
or otherwise with Quantium’s prior written permission.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2019 
 
 
I N S P I R I N G   Y O U   T O 
L I V E   Y O U R   PA S S I O N

ABN: 81 108 676 204
www.superretailgroup.com.au